LIQUID-CRYSTALLINE MEDIUM

Information

  • Patent Application
  • 20240228877
  • Publication Number
    20240228877
  • Date Filed
    December 06, 2023
    11 months ago
  • Date Published
    July 11, 2024
    4 months ago
Abstract
Liquid-crystalline (LC) media having positive dielectric anisotropy and liquid-crystal displays (LCDs) containing these media, especially displays addressed by an active matrix and in particular energy saving LC displays of the TN, PS-TN, STN, TN-TFT, OCB, IPS, PS-IPS, FFS, HB-FFS, XB-FFS, PS-FFS, SA-HB-FFS, SA-XB-FFS, polymer stabilised SA-HB-FFS, polymer stabilised SA-XB-FFS, positive VA or positive PS-VA type. The media have an improved long-term stability against UV radiation and elevated temperatures.
Description
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application is a U.S. National Application filed under 35 U.S.C. § 111, claiming priority under 35 U.S.C. § 119 of and to European Patent Application No. 22212032.1, filed Dec. 7, 2022, the entire content of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety and for all purposes.


BACKGROUND

The present invention relates to liquid-crystalline (LC) media having positive dielectric anisotropy and to liquid-crystal displays (LCDs) containing these media, especially to displays addressed by an active matrix and, in particular, to energy saving LC displays of the TN, PS-TN, STN, TN-TFT, OCB, IPS, PS-IPS, FFS, HB-FFS, XB-FFS, PS-FFS, SA-HB-FFS, SA-XB-FFS, polymer stabilised SA-HB-FFS, polymer stabilised SA-XB-FFS, positive VA or positive PS-VA type.


LCDs are used in many areas for the display of information. LCDs are used both for direct-view displays and for projection-type displays. The electro-optical modes used are, for example, the twisted nematic (TN), super twisted nematic (STN), optically compensated bend (OCB) and electrically controlled birefringence (ECB) modes together with their various modifications, as well as others. All these modes utilise an electric field which generated substantially perpendicular to the substrates and the LC layer.


Besides these modes, there are also electro-optical modes that utilise an electric field which is substantially parallel to the substrates or the LC layer. For example, WO 91/10936 discloses a LC display in which the electric signals are generated in such a way that the electric fields have a significant component parallel to the LC layer, and which has since then become known as in-plane switching IPS) display. The principles of operating such a display are described, for example, by R. A. Soref in Journal of Applied Physics, Vol. 45, No. 12, pp. 5466-5468 (1974). IPS displays contain an LC layer between two substrates with planar orientation, where the two electrodes are arranged on only one of the two substrates and preferably have interdigitated, comb-shaped structures. On application of a voltage to the electrodes an electric field with a significant component parallel to the LC layer is generated between them. This causes realignment of the LC molecules in the layer plane.


EP 0 588 568, for example, discloses various possibilities for the design of the electrodes and for addressing an IPS display. DE 198 24 137 likewise describes various embodiments of such IPS displays.


Liquid-crystalline materials for IPS displays of this type are described, for example, in DE 195 28 104.


Furthermore, so-called “fringe-field switching” (FFS) displays have been reported (see, inter alia S. H. Jung et al., Jpn. J. Appl. Phys., Volume 43, No. 3, 2004, 1028), which contain two electrodes on the same substrate, one of which is structured in a comb-shaped manner and the other is unstructured. A strong, so-called “fringe field” is thereby generated, i.e. a strong electric field close to the edge of the electrodes, and, throughout the cell, an electric field which has both a strong vertical component and also a strong horizontal component. FFS displays have a low viewing-angle dependence of the contrast. FFS displays usually contain an LC medium with positive dielectric anisotropy, and an alignment layer, usually of polyimide, which provides planar alignment to the molecules of the LC medium.


Liquid-crystal displays of the IPS and FFS electro-optical mode are in particular suitable for use in modern to energy saving desktop monitors, TV sets and multi-media applications. The LC media according to the present invention are preferably used in displays of this type. In general, dielectrically positive LC media having rather lower values of the dielectric anisotropy are used in FFS displays, but in some cases LC media having a dielectric anisotropy of only about 3 or even less are also used in IPS displays.


A further improvement has been achieved by the HB-FFS mode. One of the unique features of the HB-FFS mode in contrast to the traditional FFS technology is that it enables higher transmittance which allows operation of the panel with less energy consumption.


Another recently developed mode is the XB-FFS mode, wherein the LC medium additionally contains a polar liquid crystal compound with low dielectric anisotropy.


Liquid-crystal compositions which are suitable for LCDs and especially for FFS and IPS displays are known in prior art, for example, from JP 07-181 439 (A), EP 0 667 555, EP 0 673 986, DE 195 09 410, DE 195 28 106 and DE 195 28 107. However, these compositions have certain disadvantages. Amongst other deficiencies, most of them result in disadvantageously long addressing times, have inadequate values of the resistivity and/or require excessively high operating voltages. Both an improvement in the operating properties and also in the shelf life are necessary here.


FFS and IPS displays can be operated as active-matrix displays (AMD) or passive-matrix displays (PMD). In the case of active-matrix displays individual pixels are usually addressed by integrated, non-linear active elements such as, for example, thin-film transistors (TFTs), while in the case of passive-matrix displays individual pixels are usually addressed by the multiplex method as known from the prior art.


The displays according to the present invention are preferably addressed by an active matrix, preferably by a matrix of TFT. However, the liquid crystals according to the invention can also advantageously be used in displays having other known addressing means.


Typical applications of in-plane switching (IPS) and fringe field switching (FFS) technologies are monitors, notebooks, televisions, mobile telephones, tablet PCs, etc.


Both the IPS and the FFS technology have certain advantages over other LCD technologies, such as, for example, the vertical alignment (VA) technology, e.g. a broad viewing angle dependency of the contrast.


The provision of further LC media and the use thereof in a display having high transmission, a good black state and a high contrast ratio is a central challenge for modern FFS and IPS applications. In addition, modern applications also require good low-temperature stability and fast addressing times.


Matrix liquid crystal display (MFK) displays with full array LED backlighting, which have become increasingly common in recent years, include a large number of light-emitting diodes (LEDs) arranged directly behind the layer with the FK medium. Modern high-performance InGaN LEDs sometimes reach operating temperatures of more than 70° C. and, depending on the design, can also emit UV radiation. Direct contact between the LEDs and the FRP medium therefore places special demands on the UV stability and temperature resistance of the FRP medium. State-of-the-art MFK displays often do not meet today's requirements.


Recently, MFK displays have been increasingly used in outdoor applications such as PIDs (Public Information Displays) for displaying various types of information at train stations, roads, airports, hotels and shopping malls. Compared to conventional MFK displays, such as those used in TV applications, PIDs should have much higher long-term resistance to solar UV radiation and elevated temperatures, as well as a wider operating temperature range.


The present invention has the object of providing LC media, in particular for FFS and IPS displays, but also for TN, positive VA or STN displays, and in particular for active-matrix displays like those addressed by TFTs, which do not exhibit the disadvantages indicated above or only do so to a lesser extent and preferably have high specific resistance, low threshold voltage, high dielectric anisotropy, a good low temperature stability (LTS), fast response times and low rotational viscosities, an excellent long term stability against UV radiation and increased operating temperatures and enable high brightness.


Until now, it was not possible to design suitable LC media having a sufficient long-term stability against increased temperatures and solar UV radiation as well as a high contrast ratio e.g. high elastic constant Kav, low temperature stability and low response times.


The invention has the object of providing suitable LC media, in particular for FFS and IPS displays, but also for TN, positive VA or STN displays, and in particular for active-matrix displays like those addressed by TFTs, which do not exhibit the disadvantages indicated above or only do so to a lesser extent and preferably have high specific resistance, low threshold voltage, high dielectric anisotropy, a good low temperature stability (LTS), fast response times and low rotational viscosities, and enable high brightness. Additionally, the media need to have an improved long-term stability against UV radiation and elevated temperatures.


This was achieved by providing LC media as described and claimed hereinafter.


US 2021/189241 A1 describes a LC medium, which comprises compounds of the Formulae T and L




embedded image


However, for many outdoor applications in LC displays, the known LC media comprising compounds such as those of the Formulae T and L are not sufficiently stable. In particular, a long-term exposure to UV solar radiation, but also even irradiation with the usual backlighting, may result in an impairment, in particular of the electrical properties. Thus, for example, the conductivity of the LC medium increases significantly.


WO 2020/245081 A1 discloses examples of LC media comprising




embedded image


and a combination of a hindered amine type stabilizer (HALS) and a hindered phenol type antioxidant. The LC media described in WO 2020/245081 A1 have a relatively good long term UV and thermal stability. Nevertheless, a further stability improvement of the media of WO 2020/245081 A1 would enable their use in even a broader variety of outdoor applications.


Furthermore, in case of FFS displays there is a need for further optimization of response time, contrast, brightness and reliability, in particular of the voltage holding ratio (VHR) and reduction of flickering. However, it was found that the LC materials of the prior art do often not achieve all these requirements at the same time.


SUMMARY

It has now been surprisingly found that LC media according to the present invention which contain a combination of compounds of the Formula LP1 and/or LP2 and two or more compounds of the Formula ST




embedded image


in which the individual radicals in LP1, on each occurrence identically or differently, and each, independently of one another, have the following meaning:

    • R0 an alkyl group having 1 to 12 C atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 C atoms in which one or more CH2 groups are optionally substituted by —C≡C—, —CF2O—, —OCF2—, —CH═CH—,




embedded image




    •  —O—, —CO—O— or —O—CO— in such a way that O atoms are not linked directly to one another, and in which one or more H atoms may be replaced by a halogen atom,

    • R2 an alkyl group having 1 to 6 C atoms, in which one or more CH2 groups are optionally substituted by —C≡C—, —CF2O—, —OCF2—, —CH═CH—,







embedded image




    •  —O—, —CO—O— or —O—CO— in such a way that O atoms are not linked directly to one another, and in which one or more H atoms may be replaced by a halogen atom;

    • L1 and L2 H, F or Cl,

    • Y0 H or CH3;

    • in which the individual radicals in LP2, on each occurrence identically or differently, and each, independently of one another, have the following meaning:

    • R0 an alkyl group having 1 to 12 C atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 C atoms in which one or more CH2 groups are optionally substituted by —C≡C—, —CF2O—, —OCF2—, —CH═CH—,







embedded image




    •  —O—, —CO—O— or —O—CO— in such a way that O atoms are not linked directly to one another, and in which one or more H atoms may be replaced by a halogen atom,

    • X2 a F atom or an alkyl or an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 C atoms or an alkenyl or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 6 C atoms in which one or more H atoms are replaced by a F atom,

    • L1 and L2 H, F or Cl,

    • Y0 H or CH3; and

    • in which the individual substituents in ST have the following meanings:







embedded image




    •  denotes







embedded image






      • X21, X22 each, independently of one another, —O—, —CH2—, —CHR23— or —N—R23—,

      • R21 and R22 each, independently of one another, a H atom or an alkyl- or alkoxy group having 1 to 12 C atoms, an alkenyl, alkynyl, alkenyloxy or alkoxyalkyl group having 2 to 12 C atoms or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 12 C atoms, in which one or more non-adjacent CH2 groups are optionally substituted by —C≡C—, —CF2O—, —OCF2—, —CH═CH—,









embedded image






      •  —O—, —CO—O— or —O—CO— in such a way that O atoms are not linked directly to one another, and in which one or more H atoms may be replaced by a halogen atom or a cycloalkyl or a cycloalkoxy group having 3 to 12 C atoms, in which one or more H atoms may be replaced by a halogen atom,

      • R23 denotes a H atom, an alkyl or alkoxy group having 1 to 10 C atoms, and

      • r denotes 0 or 1,



    • show several improvements, especially when being used in FFS mode displays, like an excellent long term stability against increased temperatures and UV radiation, good solubility, improved reliability, in particular, VHR, reduced flickering and enable fast response times.





Additionally, the LC media according to the present invention have high clearing points, an excellent low temperature stability (LTS) and provide a best motion picture quality and an improved overall image quality, in particular a high contrast.


Compounds of the Formulae LP1 and LP2

The present invention relates to a LC medium, characterised in that it comprises one or more compounds selected from Formula LP1 and LP2,




embedded image




    • in which the individual radicals, on each occurrence identically or differently, and each, independently of one another, have the following meaning:

    • R0 an alkyl group having 1 to 12 C atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 C atoms in which one or more CH2 groups are optionally substituted by —C≡C—, —CF2O—, —OCF2—, —CH═CH—,







embedded image




    •  —O—, —CO—O— in such a way that O atoms are not linked directly to one another, and in which one or more H atoms may be replaced by a halogen atom,

    • R2 an alkyl group having 1 to 6 C atoms, or an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 C atoms, in which one or more CH2 groups are optionally substituted by —C≡C—, —CF2O—, —OCF2—, —CH═CH—,







embedded image




    •  —O—, —CO—O— or —O—CO— in such a way that O atoms are not linked directly to one another, and in which one or more H atoms may be replaced by a halogen atom,

    • L1 and L2 H, F or Cl,

    • Y0 H or CH3;







embedded image






      • in which the individual radicals, on each occurrence identically or differently, and each, independently of one another, have the following meaning:



    • R0 an alkyl group having 1 to 12 C atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 C atoms in which one or more CH2 groups are optionally substituted by —C≡C—, —CF2O—, —OCF2—, —CH═CH—,







embedded image




    •  —O—, —CO—O— or —O—CO— in such a way that O atoms are not linked directly to one another, and in which one or more H atoms may be replaced by a halogen atom,

    • L1 and L2 H, F or Cl,

    • X2 a F atom or an alkyl or an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 C atoms or an alkenyl or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 6 C atoms in which one or more H atoms are replaced by a F atom, preferably F, CF3 or OCF3, and

    • Y0 H or CH3.





The LC media according to the present invention are especially suitable for use in LC displays of the FFS, HB-FFS, XB-FFS and IPS mode based on dielectrically positive liquid crystals, and polymer stabilised variants thereof.


The invention further relates to the use of a LC medium as described above and below for electro-optical purposes, in particular for the use in LC displays, shutter glasses, LC windows, 3D applications, preferably in TN, PS-TN, STN, TN-TFT, OCB, IPS, PS-IPS, FFS, HB-FFS, XB-FFS, PS-HB-FFS, PS-XB-FFS, SA-HB-FFS, SA-XB-FFS, polymer stabilised SA-HB-FFS, polymer stabilised SA-XB-FFS, positive VA and positive PS-VA displays, very preferably in FFS, HB-FFS, IPS, PS-HB-FFS and PS-IPS displays.


The invention further relates to an electro-optical LC display containing a LC medium as described above and below, in particular a TN, PS-TN, STN, TN-TFT, OCB, IPS, PS-IPS, FFS, HB-FFS, XB-FFS, PS-HB-FFS, PS-XB-FFS, SA-HB-FFS, SA-XB-FFS, polymer stabilised SA-HB-FFS, polymer stabilised SA-XB-FFS, positive VA or positive PS-VA display, preferably a FFS, HB-FFS, IPS, PS-HB-FFS or PS-IPS display.







DETAILED DESCRIPTION

In the present application, all atoms also include their isotopes. In some embodiments one or more hydrogen atoms (H) may be optionally substituted by deuterium (D); a high degree of deuteration enables or simplifies analytical determination of compounds, in particular in the case of low concentrations.


In the Formulae LP1, LP2 and ST R0, R2, R21 and R22 preferably denote an alkyl radical and/or an alkoxy radical, this may be straight-chain or branched. It is preferably straight-chain, has 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 C atoms and accordingly preferably denotes ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentoxy, or hexyloxy, furthermore methyl, methoxy. R0 preferably denotes straight-chain alkyl having 1 to 6 C atoms or an alkoxy radical having 1 to 6 C atoms.


Oxaalkyl preferably denotes straight-chain 2-oxapropyl (=methoxymethyl), 2-(=ethoxymethyl) or 3-oxabutyl (=2-methoxyethyl), 2-, 3- or 4-oxapentyl, 2-, 3-, 4- or 5-oxahexyl.


If R0, R2, R21 and R22 denotes an alkoxy or oxaalkyl group it may also contain one or more additional oxygen atoms, provided that oxygen atoms are not linked directly to one another.


In another preferred embodiment, one or more of R0, R2, R21 and R22 are selected from the group consisting of




embedded image


—S1—F, —O—S1—F, —O—S1—O—S2, wherein S1 is C1-12-alkylene or C2-12-alkenylene and S2 is H, C1-12-alkyl or C2-12-alkenyl, and very preferably one or more of R0 and R2 are selected from the group consisting of




embedded image


—OCH2OCH3, —O(CH2)2OCH3, —O(CH2)3OCH3, —O(CH2)4OCH3, —O(CH2)2F, —O(CH2)3F, —O(CH2)4F.


If R0, R2, R21 and R22 denotes an alkenyl radical, this may be straight-chain or branched. It is preferably straight-chain and has 2 to 10 C atoms. Accordingly, it denotes, in particular, vinyl, prop-1- or -2-enyl, but-1-, -2- or -3-enyl, pent-1-, -2-, -3- or -4-enyl, hex-1-, -2-, -3-, -4- or -5-enyl, hept-1-, -2-, -3-, -4-, -5- or -6-enyl, oct-1-, -2-, -3-, -4-, -5-, -6- or -7-enyl, non-1-, -2-, -3-, -4-, -5-, -6-, -7- or -8-enyl, dec-1-, -2-, -3-, -4-, -5-, -6-, -7-, -8- or -9-enyl.


If R0, R2, R21 and R22 denotes an alkyl or alkenyl radical which is at least mono-substituted by halogen, this radical is preferably straight-chain, and halogen is preferably F or Cl. In the case of polysubstitution, halogen is preferably F. The resultant radicals also include perfluorinated radicals. In the case of monosubstitution, the fluorine or chlorine substituent may be in any desired position, but is preferably in the on-position.


In the Formula LP2, X2 is preferably F or a mono- or polyfluorinated alkyl or alkoxy radical having 1, 2 or 3 C atoms or a mono- or polyfluorinated alkenyl radical having 2 or 3 C atoms. X2 is particularly preferably F, CF3, CHF2, OCF3, OCHF2, OCFHCF3, OCFHCHF2, OCFHCHF2, OCF2CH3, OCF2CHF2, OCF2CHF2, OCF2CF2CHF2, OCF2CF2CHF2, OCFHCF2CF3, OCFHCF2CHF2, OCF2CF2CF3, OCH═CF2 or CH═CF2, very particularly preferably F or OCF3, furthermore CF3, OCF═CF2, OCHF2 or OCH═CF2.


In a particularly preferred embodiment, the compounds of general Formulae LP1 and LP2 can be represented by one of the following:




embedded image




    • in which

    • R0 is an alkyl group having 1 to 12 C atoms in which one or more CH2 groups are optionally substituted by —C≡C—, —CF2O—, —OCF2—,







embedded image






      • —O—, —CO—O— or —O—CO— in such a way that O atoms are not linked directly to one another, and in which one or more H atoms may be replaced by a halogen atom, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 C atoms, alkenyl or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 6 C atoms or a cycloalkyl or a cycloalkyloxy group having 3 to 6 C atoms, wherein vinyl, allyl or cyclopentyl are particularly preferable,



    • n denotes 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, and

    • m denotes 1, 2, 3 or 4.





In a further embodiment, the one or more compounds of the Formulae LP1 and LP2 are described by the Formulae LP1-1 and LP2-1:




embedded image




    • in which

    • R0 an alkyl group having 1 to 6 C atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 6 C atoms in which one or more CH2 groups are optionally substituted by —C≡C—, —CF2O—, —OCF2—, —CH═CH—,







embedded image




    •  —O—, —CO—O— or —O—CO— in such a way that O atoms are not linked directly to one another, and in which one or more H atoms may be replaced by a halogen atom,

    • R2 an alkyl group having 1 to 6 C atoms, in which one or more CH2 groups are optionally substituted by —C≡C—, —CF2O—, —OCF2—, —CH═CH—,







embedded image




    •  —O—, —CO—O— or —O—CO— in such a way that O atoms are not linked directly to one another, and in which one or more H atoms may be replaced by a halogen atom,

    • X2 a F atom or an alkyl or an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 C atoms or an alkenyl or an alkenyloxy group having 2 or 3 C atoms in which one or more H atoms are replaced by a F atom, and

    • Y0 H or CH3.





Very preferred compounds of the Formula LP1 are those selected from the group consisting of the following subformulae:




embedded image


embedded image


wherein Y0 is H or CH3, preferably H.


Very preferred are the compounds of the Formulae LP1-1a, LP1-1b and LP1-1c, most preferred is the compound Formula LP1-1a.


Particularly preferred compounds of the Formula LP2 are those selected from the group consisting of the following subformulae:




embedded image


embedded image


wherein Y0 is H or CH3, preferably H.


Very preferred are the compounds of the Formulae LP2-1a, LP2-1a, LP2-1c, and LP2-1d, most preferred is the compound Formula LP2-1b.


The proportion of the compounds of the Formula LP1 or LP2 or its subformulae in the LC medium is preferably from 2 to 35%, very preferably from 3 to 30%, most preferably from 4 to 20% by weight.


Preferably, the LC medium contains 1, 2 or 3 compounds of the Formulae LP1 or LP2 or their subformulae.


Compounds of the Formula ST

In addition to compounds of the Formulae LP1 and/or LP2, the LC medium of the present invention comprises two or more compounds of general Formula ST:




embedded image


in which the individual substituents


have the following meanings:




embedded image


denotes




embedded image




    • X21, X22 each, independently of one another, —O—, —CH2—, —CHR23— or —N—R23—,

    • R21 and R22 each, independently of one another, a H atom or an alkyl- or alkoxy group having 1 to 12 C atoms, an alkenyl, alkynyl, alkenyloxy or alkoxyalkyl group having 2 to 12 C atoms or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 12 C atoms, in which one or more non-adjacent CH2 groups are optionally substituted by —C≡C—, —CF2O—, —OCF2—, —CH═CH—,







embedded image




    •  —O—, —CO—O— or —O—CO— in such a way that O atoms are not linked directly to one another, and in which one or more H atoms may be replaced by a halogen atom or a cycloalkyl or a cycloalkoxy group having 3 to 12 C atoms, in which one or more H atoms may be replaced by a halogen atom,

    • R23 denotes a H atom, an alkyl or alkoxy group having 1 to 10 C atoms, and

    • r denotes 0 or 1.





In the compounds of the Formula ST and its subformulae R21 and R22 preferably denote straight-chain alkyl or alkoxy having 1 to 6 C atoms, very preferably methyl, ethyl or propyl, most preferably n-propyl. Preferred compounds of the Formula ST are those wherein X21 and X22 denote —O—, or —CH2-.


LC media comprising compounds of the following sub-formulae ST-1, ST-2 and ST-3 show a particularly high long-term thermal and UV stability:




embedded image




    • in which the individual substituents have the following meanings:







embedded image


denotes




embedded image




    • R21 and R22 each, independently of one another, denote a H atom or an alkyl or alkoxy group having 1 to 7 C atoms, and

    • r denotes 0 or 1.





In particularly preferred embodiments, the compounds of general Formula ST can be selected from the following specific structures:




embedded image


embedded image


embedded image


embedded image


In a further preferred embodiment, the LC medium according to the present invention may comprise at least one further sterically hindered phenol, which is mentioned in Table B below.


Compounds of the Formula H

In addition to compounds of the Formulae LP1 and/or LP2 and ST as defined above the LC medium may optionally comprise one or more compounds of the Formula H




embedded image


in which

    • R11 each, independently of one another, denotes a H atom, F, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 C atoms, in which one —CH2— group or, if present, a plurality of —CH2— groups may be replaced by —O— or —C(═O)—, but two adjacent —CH2— groups cannot be replaced by —O—, and one or, if present, a plurality of —CH2— groups may be replaced by —CH═CH— or —C≡C—, and in which one H atom or a plurality of H atoms may be replaced by F, OR13, N(R13)(R14) or R15,
    • R12 each, independently of one another, denotes a H atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 C atoms, in which one —CH2— group or a plurality of —CH2— groups may be replaced by —O— or —C(═O)—, but two adjacent —CH2— groups cannot be replaced by —O—, a hydrocarbon radical which contains a cycloalkyl or alkylcycloalkyl unit and in which one —CH2— group or a plurality of —CH2— groups may be replaced by —O— or —C(═O)—, but two adjacent —CH2— groups cannot be replaced by —O—, and in which one H atom or a plurality of H atoms may be replaced by F, OR13, N(R13)(R14) or R15, or an aromatic or heteroaromatic hydrocarbon radical, in which one H atom or a plurality of H atoms may be replaced by OR13, N(R13)(R14) or R15,
    • R13 and R14 each, independently of one another, denotes an alkyl or acyl group having 1 to 10 C atoms or an aromatic hydrocarbon or carboxylic acid radical having 6 to 12 C atoms,
    • R15 each, independently of one another, denotes an alkyl group having 1 to 10 C atoms, in which one —CH2— group or a plurality of —CH2— groups may be replaced by —O— or —C(═O)—, but two adjacent —CH2— groups cannot be replaced by —O—,
    • R16 each, independently of one another a H atom, an alkyl group or an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 C atoms, O-cycloalkyl group having 3 to 12 C atoms, 0′ or OH,
    • S11 and S12 each, independently of one another, denote an alkylene group having 1 to 20 C atoms, in which one —CH2— group or, if present, a plurality of —CH2— groups may be replaced by —O— or —C(═O)—, but two adjacent —CH2— groups cannot be replaced by —O—, and in which one H atom or a plurality of H atoms may be replaced by F, OR13, N(R13)(R14) or R15, or denote a single bond,
    • Y11 to Y14 each, independently of one another, denote methyl or ethyl,
    • X11 denotes C,
    • Z11 to Z14 each, independently of one another, denote —O—, —(C═O)—, —O—(C═O)—, —(C═O)—O—, —O—(C═O)—O—, —(N—R13)—, —N—R13—(C═O)— or a single bond if S11 is a single bond, both Z11 and Z12 do not simultaneously denote —O—; if S12 is a single bond, both Z13 and Z14 do not simultaneously denote —O—; and, if q denotes 0, both Z12 and Z13 do not simultaneously denote —O—,
    • p denotes 1 or 2,
    • q denotes 0 or 1,
    • denotes (3-p),
    • n denotes an integer from 1 to 10,
    • m denotes an integer from 0 to 8, wherein
    • n*p denotes an integer from 1 to 10, preferably from 3 to 8, and




embedded image


denotes an organic moiety having (m+n) bonding sites.


In some preferred embodiments of the present invention, in the compounds of the Formula H,




embedded image


denotes




embedded image




embedded image


denotes




embedded image


denotes —(CH2—)2, —(CH2—)3, —(CH2—)4, —(CH2—)5, —(CH2—)6, —(CH2—)7, —(CH2—)8, i.e. ethane-1,2-diyl, propane-1,3-diyl, butane-1,4-diyl, pentane-1,5-diyl, hexane-1,6-diyl, heptane-1,7-diyl, octane-1,8-diyl,




embedded image


and/or


wherein

    • —Z12—S11—Z11— on each occurrence, independently of one another, denotes —O—, S11—O—, —O—S11—O—, —(C═O)—O—S11—O—, —O—(C═O)—S11—O—, —O—(C═O)—S11—(C═O)—O—, —O—S11—(C═O)—O—, —(C═O)—O—S11—C, —(C═O)—O—S11—O—(C═O)— or —(N—R13)—S11—O—, —(N—R13−C(═O)—S11—(C═O)—O or a single bond, preferably —O—, —S11—O—, —O—S11—O—, —(C═O)—S11—O—, —O—(C═O)—S11—O— or —O—S11—(C═O)—O—, and/or
    • S11 denotes an alkylene group having 1 to 20 C atoms, and/or
    • R11 if present, denotes alkyl, alkoxy or H, preferably H or alkyl, and/or
    • R12 denotes H, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl or 3-heptyl, or cyclohexyl.


In a preferred embodiment of the present application, in the compounds of the Formula H,




embedded image


denotes a group selected from the group of the formulae




embedded image


embedded image


In a further preferred embodiment of the present application, in the compounds of the Formula H,




embedded image


denotes a group selected from the group of the formulae




embedded image


In yet a further preferred embodiment of the present invention, in the compounds of the Formula H in which p preferably denotes 1, the group




embedded image


denotes




embedded image


preferably —O—S11—O—, —S11—O— or —O—S11—, particularly preferably —O—S11—O— or —S11—O—.


In a further preferred embodiment of the present invention, in the compounds of the Formula H, the group




embedded image


denotes a group selected from the group of the formulae




embedded image


In a further preferred embodiment of the present invention in which p is 2, which may be identical to or different from those described above, in the compounds of the Formula H,




embedded image


denotes a group selected from the group of the formulae




embedded image


In yet a further preferred embodiment of the present invention, which may be identical to or different from those described above, in the compounds of the Formula H, the group




embedded image


on each occurrence, independently of one another, denotes




embedded image




    • preferably







embedded image


Compounds of the following general Formulae H-1-1, H-1-2 and H-1-3, showed to be particularly efficient UV stabilisers in LC mixtures, in particular, in terms of VHR stability:




embedded image


wherein ZG, R16 and n are as defined above and n denotes an integer from 1 to 8. These compounds are highly suitable as stabilisers in LC mixtures and stabilise the VHR of the mixtures upon a UV exposure.


In a particularly preferred embodiment, the one or more compounds of the Formula H may be selected from the group consisting of the compounds the following Formulae H-2-1 to H-2-6:




embedded image


embedded image




    • in which

    • R11 each, independently of one another, denotes an H atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 C atoms, in which one —CH2— group or, if present, a plurality of —CH2— groups may be replaced by —O— or —C(═O)—, but two adjacent —CH2— groups cannot be replaced by —O—, and one or, if present, a plurality of —CH2— groups may be replaced by —CH═CH— or —C≡C—, and in which one H atom or a plurality of H atoms may be replaced by F, OR13, N(R13)(R14) or R15,

    • R16 denotes a H atom or 0°,

    • S11 and S12 each, independently of one another, denote an alkylene group having 1 to 20 C atoms, in which one —CH2— group or, if present, a plurality of —CH2— groups may be replaced by —O— or —C(═O)—, but two adjacent —CH2— groups cannot be replaced by —O—, and in which one H atom or a plurality of H atoms may be replaced by F, OR13, N(R13)(R14) or R15, or denote a single bond, and

    • n denotes an integer from 0 to 12.





In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the media according to the invention comprise in each case one or more compounds of the Formula H selected from the following group of the compounds of the formulae




embedded image


embedded image


embedded image


embedded image


embedded image


embedded image


The preferred content of the one or more compounds of Formula H in the LC medium depends inter alia on the inherent chemical stability of the LC medium as well as on the nature of the compound of Formula H. Compounds of Formula H in which R16 denotes O·, which are known as NO radical type HALS are preferably used in proportion ranging from 50 ppm to 1000 ppm, based on the weight of the LC medium. Compounds of Formula H in which R16 denotes an H atom, which are known as NH radical type HALS are advantageously used in proportion ranging from 50 ppm to 2000 ppm, based on the weight of the LC medium.


Further Mesogenic Components

In addition to the compounds of the Formulae LP1 and/or LP2 and ST, the LC medium may advantageously contain one or more compounds selected from the following formulae:




embedded image


embedded image


wherein

    • “alkyl” and “alkyl*” are, independently from one another, C1-6-alkyl, and preferably
    • denotes ethyl, propyl, butyl or pentyl, very preferably ethyl, propyl or butyl
    • “alkenyl” and “alkenyl*” preferably denote C2-6-alkenyl. Very preferred are compounds of the Formula Z1 and Z2.


Preferred compounds of the Formula Z1 to Z6 are those selected from the following subformulae:




embedded image


embedded image


In another preferred embodiment, the LC medium contains one or more compounds of the Formula Z1 or its preferred subformulae and/or one or more compounds selected from Formulae Z2, Z3, Z4 and Z5 or their preferred subformulae.


Preferably, the total proportion of compounds of the Formula Z1, Z2, Z3, Z4, Z5 and Z6 or their subformulae, such as CC-3-V in the LC medium is from 10 to 65%, very preferably from 20 to 60%, most preferably from 25 to 55% by weight. In yet a more preferred embodiment, the compound of the Formula Z1-1 is used in concentrations ranging from 10 wt.-% to 60 wt.-%, more preferably 10 wt.-% to 40 wt.-%, based on the total weight of the LC medium.


Preferably, the LC medium contains 1, 2 or 3 compounds selected from the Formulae Z1, Z2, Z3 and Z4 or their subformulae.


The LC medium may additionally comprise one or more compounds of the following general formulae:




embedded image


in which R1 and R2 each, independently of one another, denote n-alkyl, alkoxy, oxaalkyl, fluoroalkyl or alkenyl, each having up to 6 C atoms.


The compounds of the Formula XII are preferably selected from the following subformulae:




embedded image


wherein “alkyl” and “alkyl*” each, independently of one another, denote methyl, butyl, pentyl or hexyl.


Particular preference is given to the compounds of the Formulae XIIa. In the Formula IXb, “alkyl” preferably, independently of one another, denotes n-C3H7, n-C4H9 or n-C5H11, in particular n-C3H7.


Preferred compound of subformula XIIa is XIIa-1:




embedded image


The LC medium may additionally comprise one or more compounds selected from the following formulae:




embedded image


in which L1 and L2 have the meanings indicated in Formulae LP1 and LP2, and R1 and R2 each, independently of one another, denote n-alkyl, alkoxy, oxaalkyl, fluoroalkyl or alkenyl, each having up to 6 C atoms, and preferably each, independently of one another, denote alkyl having 1 to 6 C atoms; in the compound of the Formula XIV, at least one of the radicals R1 and R2 preferably denotes alkenyl having 2 to 6 C atoms.


The LC medium may further comprise one or more compounds of the Formula XIV in which at least one of the radicals R1 and R2 denotes alkenyl having 2 to 6 C atoms, preferably those selected from the following subformulae:




embedded image


in which “alkyl” has the meaning indicated above, and preferably denotes methyl, ethyl or propyl;


The compounds of the Formulae XIV are preferably selected from the following subformulae:




embedded image


Very preferred are compounds of the Formula XIVd1;


In yet a further embodiment, the LC medium comprises one or more compounds of the Formula XVI,




embedded image


in which R1 and R2 have the meanings indicated for R0 in Formula LP1, respectively, and preferably each, independently of one another, denote alkyl having 1 to 6 C atoms. L denotes H or F.


Particularly preferred compounds of the Formula XVI are those of the subformulae




embedded image


in which

    • alkyl and alkyl* each, independently of one another, denote a straight-chain alkyl radical having 1 to 6 C atoms, in particular ethyl, propyl or pentyl, and
    • alkenyl and alkenyl*each, independently of one another, denote a straight-chain alkenyl radical having 2 to 6 C atoms, in particular CH2═CHC2H4, CH3CH═CHC2H4, CH2═CH and CH3CH═CH.


Particular preference is given to the compounds of the Formulae XVIb and XVIc. Very particular preference is given to the compounds of the following subformulae




embedded image




    • Very preferred are compounds of the Formula XVIc-2;

    • The LC medium comprises one or more compounds of the following formulae:







embedded image


in which

    • R1 and R2 have the meanings indicated for R0 in Formula LP1, respectively, and preferably each, independently of one another, denote alkyl having 1 to 6 C atoms. L denotes H or F.


Very preferred are compounds of the Formula XVIIa wherein L is H. Very preferred are compounds of the Formula XVIIb wherein L is F.


The LC medium may additionally comprise one or more compounds of the following formulae:




embedded image


in which L, R1 and R2 have the meanings indicated in Formula LP1 for L1, R0 and R2, respectively. R1 and R2 preferably denote alkyl, alkoxy, oxaalkyl, fluoroalkyl or alkenyl, each having up to 6 C atoms.


In a further embodiment, the LC medium may comprise one or more compounds of the following formulae:




embedded image


in which R1 and R2 have the meanings indicated for compound of the Formula XXXIII. Preferably, R1 denotes alkyl or alkenyl having 1-6 or 2-6 C atoms respectively and R2 denotes alkenyl having 2-6 C atoms.


Preferred compounds of the Formula XXXIV include, in particular,




embedded image


in which “alkyl” denotes an alkyl group having 1 to 6 C atoms.


In some further embodiments, the LC medium comprises one or more compounds of the following formulae:




embedded image


in which R1 and R2 have the meanings indicated in Formulae LP1 for R0 and R2, respectively, and preferably each, independently of one another, denote alkyl having 1 to 6 C atoms.


In a further preferred embodiment, the LC medium comprises one or more compounds of the following Formula S:




embedded image


in which the individual substituents have the following meanings:

    • R1 and R2 each, independently of one another, a H atom, an alkyl or an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 C atoms or an alkenyl or an alkenyloxy group having 2 or 12 C atoms in which one or more non-adjacent CH2 groups are optionally substituted by —C≡C—, —CF2O—, —OCF2—, —CH═CH—,




embedded image


—O—, —CO—O— or —O—CO— in such a way that O atoms are not linked directly to one another, and in which one or more H atoms may be replaced by a halogen atom or a cycloalkyl or a cycloalkoxy group having 3 to 12 C atoms, in which one or more H atoms may be replaced by a halogen atom,

    • A0, A1, A2 each, independently of one another, denote phenylene-1,4-diyl, in which, in addition, one or two CH groups may be replaced by N and one or more H atoms may be replaced by halogen, CN, CH3, CHF2, CH2F, CF3, OCH3, OCHF2 or OCF3, cyclohexane-1,4-diyl, in which, in addition, one or two non-adjacent CH2 groups may be replaced, independently of one another, by O and/or S and one or more H atoms may be replaced by F, cyclohexene-1,4-diyl, bicyclo-[1.1.1]pentane-1,3-diyl, bicyclo[2.2.2]octane-1,4-diyl, spiro[3.3]-heptane-2,6-diyl, tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl or 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyl,
    • Z1 and Z2 each, independently of one another, denote —CF2O—, —OCF2—, —CH2O—, —OCH2—, —CO—O—, —O—CO—, —C2H4—, —C2F4—, —CF2CH2—, —CH2CF2—, —CFHCFH—, —CFHCH2—, —CH2CFH—, —CF2CFH—, —CFHCF2—, —CH═CH—, —CF═CH—, —CH═CF—, —CF═CF—, —C≡C— or a single bond,
    • k and l each, independently of one another, denote 0, 1, 2 or 3.


Preference is given to compounds of the Formula S in which A0 denotes phenylene-1,4-diyl, in which, in addition, one or two CH groups may be replaced by N and one or more H atoms may be replaced by halogen, CN, CH3, CHF2, CH2F, OCH3, OCHF2, CF3 or OCF3. Particularly preferred are compounds in which A0 denotes




embedded image


more preferably




embedded image


and very particularly preferably in which

    • A0 denotes




embedded image


The preferred compounds of the Formula S result in media having a particularly high clearing point, low rotational viscosity, a broad nematic phase, high birefringence and an excellent thermal and UV stability.


Particularly preferred compounds of the Formula S are those selected from the following sub-formulae:




embedded image


in which R1 and R2 have the meanings indicated in general Formula S, and L1 to L6 independently denote H or F. R1 and R2 therein preferably denote optionally fluorinated alkyl or alkoxy having 1 to 12 C atoms, optionally fluorinated alkenyl or alkynyl having 2 to 12 C atoms, optionally fluorinated cycloalkyl having 3 to 12 C atoms.


Particularly preferred are optionally fluorinated alkyl having 1 to 5 C atoms, or alkenyl or alkynyl having 2 to 5 C atoms. L2 in the Formulae S-1-1 to S-1-6 preferably denotes F. In the Formulae S-1-4 to S-1-6, L3 and L4 preferably denote H. In the Formulae S-1-4 to S-1-6 L3 and L4 preferably denote F.


In a particularly preferred embodiment, the compounds of the Formula S are represented by the following structure:




embedded image


where R1 has the same meaning as in the general Formula S and

    • R1 and R2 independently from one another, denote a straight-chain or branched alkyl or alkoxy group having 1 to 7 C atoms, or an alkenyl, alkenyloxy, alkoxyalkyl group having 1 to 7 C atoms, or a cycloalkyl or a cycloalkoxy group having 3 to 12 C atoms, in which one or more non-adjacent CH2 groups are optionally substituted by —C≡C—, —CF2O—, —OCF2—, —CH═CH—,




embedded image




    •  —O—, —CO—O— or —O—CO— in such a way that O atoms are not linked directly to one another, and in which one or more H atoms may be replaced by a halogen atom, in which one or more H atoms may be replaced by a halogen atom; and

    • L1 and L2 independently from one another, denote an H atom or F, preferably F.





In a further preferred embodiment, the LC medium additionally comprises one or more compounds selected from the following formulae: Formulae II and III:




embedded image




    • wherein the individual radicals, independently of each other and on each occurrence identically or differently, have the following meanings:







embedded image


wherein

    • R0 has one of the meanings given for R0 in Formula LP1,
    • X0 independently of one another F, Cl, CN, SF5, SCN, NCS, a halogenated alkyl radical, a halogenated alkenyl radical, a halogenated alkoxy radical or a halogenated alkenyloxy radical having up to 6 C atoms,
    • L1-6 independently of one another H or F, and
    • Y0 H or CH3.


Preferred compounds of the Formula II and III are those wherein Y0 is H.


Further preferred compounds of the Formula II and III are those wherein R0 denotes alkyl having 1 to 6 C atoms, very preferably ethyl or propyl, and X0 denotes F or OCF3, very preferably F.


The LC medium may comprise one or more compounds of the Formula II selected from the following subformulae:




embedded image


in which R0 and X0 have the meanings given in Formula II.


Preferred compounds are those of the Formula II-1, II-2 and II-3, very preferred those of the Formula II-1 and II-2.


In the compounds of the Formulae II-1 to II-7 R0 preferably denotes alkyl having 1 to 6 C atoms, very preferably ethyl or propyl, and X0 preferably denotes F or OCF3, very preferably F.


The LC medium may contain one or more compounds of the Formula II or their subformulae as described above and below wherein Y0 is CH3, very preferably, the LC medium according to this preferred embodiment comprises one or more compounds of the Formula II selected from the following subformulae:




embedded image


embedded image


in which R0 and X0 have the meanings given in Formula II.


Preferred compounds are those of the Formula IIA-1, IIA-2 and IIA-3, very preferred those of the Formula IIA-1 and IIA-2.


In the compounds of the Formulae IIA-1 to IIA-7 R0 preferably denotes alkyl having 1 to 6 C atoms, very preferably ethyl or propyl, and X0 preferably denotes F or OCF3, very preferably F.


The LC medium may comprise one or more compounds of the Formula III selected from the following subformulae:




embedded image


embedded image


embedded image


embedded image


in which R0 and X0 have the meanings given in Formula II.


Preferred compounds are those of the Formula III-1, III-4, III-6, III-16, III-19 and III-20.


In the compounds of the Formulae III-1 to III-22 R0 preferably denotes alkyl having 1 to 6 C atoms, very preferably ethyl or propyl, X0 preferably denotes F or OCF3, very preferably F, and Y2 preferably denotes F.


The LC medium may contain one or more compounds of the Formula III or their subformulae as described above and below wherein Y0 is CH3, Very preferably, the LC medium according to this preferred embodiment comprises one or more compounds of the Formula III selected from the following subformulae:




embedded image


embedded image


embedded image


embedded image


in which R0 and X0 have the meanings given in Formula III.


Preferred compounds are those of the Formula IIIA-1, IIIA-4, IIIA-6, IIIA-16, IIIA-19 and IIIA-20.


In the compounds of the Formulae IIIA-1 to IIIA-21 R0 preferably denotes alkyl having 1 to 6 C atoms, very preferably ethyl or propyl, X0 preferably denotes F or OCF3, very preferably F, and Y2 preferably denotes F.


The LC medium may additionally comprise one or more compounds selected from the following formulae:




embedded image


in which

    • R0, X0 and L1-5 have the meanings indicated in Formulae II and III,
    • Z0 denotes —C2H4—, —(CH2)4—, —CH═CH—, —CF═CF—, —C2F4—, —CH2CF2—, —CF2CH2—, —CH2O—, —OCH2—, —COO— or —OCF2—, in Formulae V and VI also a single bond, in Formulae V and VIII also —CF2O—, and
    • s denotes 0 or 1.


The compounds of the Formula IV are preferably selected from the following formulae:




embedded image


in which R0 and X0 have the meanings indicated in Formulae II and III.


R0 preferably denotes alkyl having 1 to 6 C atoms. X0 preferably denotes F or OCF3, furthermore OCF═CF2 or Cl;


The compounds of the Formula IVa are preferably selected from the following subformula:




embedded image


The compounds of the Formula IVb are preferably represented by the following formula:




embedded image


The compounds of the Formula IVc are preferably selected from the following subformula:




embedded image


in which R0 has the meanings indicated in Formula II and is preferably propyl or pentyl.


The compound(s) of the Formula IVc, in particular of the Formula IVc-1, is (are) preferably employed in the mixtures according to the invention in amounts of 1-20% by weight, particularly preferably 2-15% by weight.


The compounds of the Formula V are preferably selected from the following subformulae:




embedded image




    • in which R0 and X0 have the meanings indicated in Formula II.

    • R0 preferably denotes alkyl having 1 to 6 C atoms. X0 preferably denotes F and OCF3, furthermore OCHF2, CF3, OCF═CF2 and OCH═CF2;





The compounds of the Formula VI are preferably selected from the following subformulae:




embedded image


in which R0 and X0 have the meanings indicated in Formula II.

    • R0 preferably denotes alkyl having 1 to 6 C atoms. X0 preferably denotes F, furthermore OCF3, CF3, CF═CF2, OCHF2 and OCH═CF2.


The compounds of the Formula VII are preferably selected from the following subformulae:




embedded image


in which R0 and X0 have the meanings indicated in Formula II.

    • R0 preferably denotes alkyl having 1 to 6 C atoms. X0 preferably denotes F, furthermore OCF3, OCHF2 and OCH═CF2.


In some embodiments, the LC medium may additionally comprise one or more compounds selected from the following formulae:




embedded image


in which

    • R0 and X0 each, independently of one another, have one of the meanings indicated in Formula II, wherein R0 preferably denotes alkyl, alkoxy, oxaalkyl, fluoroalkyl or alkenyl, each having up to 6 C atoms and X0 is preferably F, Cl, CF3, OCF3 or OCHF2,
    • L1-4 each, independently of one another, denote H or F,
    • Y0 denotes H or CH3, preferably H.


Very preferably, the LC medium according to the invention comprises one or more compounds of the Formula XXa,




embedded image


in which R0 has the meanings indicated in Formula LP1. R0 preferably denotes straight-chain alkyl, in particular ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl or n-pentyl and very particularly preferably n-propyl.


The compound(s) of the Formula XX, in particular of the Formula XXa, is (are) preferably employed in the mixtures according to the invention in amounts of 0-15% by weight, particularly preferably 1-10% by weight.


Very preferably, the LC medium according to the invention comprises one or more compounds of the Formula XXIa,




embedded image


in which R0 has the meanings indicated in Formula LP1. R0 preferably denotes straight-chain alkyl, in particular ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl or n-pentyl and very particularly preferably n-propyl.


The compound(s) of the Formula XXI, in particular of the Formula XXIa, is (are) preferably employed in the mixtures according to the invention in amounts of 1-15% by weight, particularly preferably 2-10% by weight.


Further preferably, the LC medium according to the invention comprises one or more compounds of the Formula XXIIIa,




embedded image


in which R0 has the meanings indicated in Formula LP1. R0 preferably denotes straight-chain alkyl, in particular ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl or n-pentyl and very particularly preferably n-propyl.


The compound(s) of the Formula XXIII, in particular of the Formula XXIIIa, is (are) preferably employed in the mixtures according to the invention in amounts of 0.5-5% by weight, particularly preferably 0.5-2% by weight.


The LC medium additionally comprises one or more compounds of the Formula XXIV,




embedded image


in which R0, X0 and L1-6 have the meanings indicated in Formula III, s denotes 0 or 1, and




embedded image


denotes




embedded image


In the Formula XXIV, X0 may also denote an alkyl radical having 1 to 6 C atoms or an alkoxy radical having 1 to 6 C atoms. The alkyl or alkoxy radical is preferably straight-chain.

    • R0 preferably denotes alkyl having 1 to 6 C atoms. X0 preferably denotes F.


The compounds of the Formula XXIV are preferably selected from the following subformulae:




embedded image


in which R0, X0 and Y1 have the meanings indicated in Formula III. R0 preferably denotes alkyl having 1 to 6 C atoms. X0 preferably denotes F, and Y1 is preferably F.




embedded image


is preferably




embedded image




    • R0 is straight-chain alkyl having 1 to 6 C atoms or alkenyl having 2 to 6 C atoms.





The LC medium may further comprise one or more compounds of the following formulae:




embedded image


in which R1 and X0 have the meanings indicated in Formula LP2 for R0 and X2, respectively. R1 preferably denotes alkyl having 1 to 6 C atoms. X0 preferably denotes F or Cl. In the Formula XXIV, X0 very particularly preferably denotes Cl.


The LC medium may also comprise one or more compounds of the following formulae:




embedded image


in which R1 and X0 have the meanings indicated in Formula LP2 for R0 and X2, respectively. R1 preferably denotes alkyl having 1 to 6 C atoms. X0 preferably denotes F. The LC medium according to the invention particularly preferably comprises one or more compounds of the Formula XXIX in which X0 preferably denotes F.


The compound(s) of the Formulae XXVI-XXIX is (are) preferably employed in the LC medium according to the invention in amounts of 1-20% by weight, particularly preferably 1-15% by weight. Particularly preferred LC medium comprise at least one compound of the Formula XXIX.


Very preferably, the LC medium according to the invention comprises one or more compounds of the Formula XXIXa:




embedded image


in which R1 has the meanings indicated in Formula LP1 for R0, and preferably denotes straight-chain alkyl, in particular ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl or n-pentyl and very particularly preferably n-propyl.


The compound(s) of the Formula XXIXa is (are) preferably employed in the LC medium according to the invention in amounts of 1-15% by weight, particularly preferably 2-10% by weight.


The LC medium may further comprise one or more compounds of the following pyrimidine or pyridine compounds of the formulae:




embedded image


in which R1 and X0 have the meanings indicated in Formula LP2 for R0 and X2, respectively. R1 preferably denotes alkyl having 1 to 6 C atoms. X0 preferably denotes F. The LC medium according to the invention particularly preferably comprises one or more compounds of the Formula XXX-1, in which X0 preferably denotes F. The compound(s) of the Formulae XXX-1 to XXX-3 is (are) preferably employed in the mixtures according to the invention in amounts of 1-20% by weight, particularly preferably 1-15% by weight.


In one preferred embodiment according to the present invention, the LC medium contains, in addition to the compounds of the Formulae LP1 and/or LP2 and ST, one or more compounds selected from the Formulae Y and B:




embedded image


in which the individual radicals, on each occurrence identically or differently, and each, independently of one another, have the following meanings:




embedded image




    • R1, R2 one of the meanings given for R0 in Formula LP1,

    • R3 one of the meanings given for R1,

    • L1-4 H, F or Cl, preferably H or F, very preferably F,

    • Y1 O or S,

    • Zx, Zy —CH2CH2—, —CH═CH—, —CF2O—, —OCF2—, —CH2O—, —OCH2—, —CO—O—, —O—CO—, —C2F4—, —CF═CF—, —CH═CH—CH2O—, or a single bond, preferably a single bond,

    • Zz CH2O or a single bond,

    • x, y 0, 1 or 2, with x+y≤3,

    • z 0 or 1,


      wherein in Formula B the dibenzofuran or dibenzothiophene group may also be further substituted by a methyl or methoxy group, and


      wherein the compounds of the Formula Y contain at least one substituent L1-4 that is F or Cl, preferably F.





Preferably, the LC medium according to this first preferred embodiment contains one or more compounds of the Formulae LP1 and/or LP2 and ST, one or more compounds selected from Formulae Z1, Z2 and Z3, and one or more compounds selected from Formulae Y and B.


The LC media according to this first preferred embodiment are especially suitable for use in LC displays of the HB-FFS or PS-HB-FFS mode.


In a second preferred embodiment according to the present invention, the LC medium does not contain a compound of the Formulae Y or B.


In the compounds of the Formula Y and its subformulae, R1 and R2 preferably denote straight-chain alkyl or alkoxy having 1 to 6 C atoms, furthermore alkenyl having 2 to 6 C atoms, in particular vinyl, 1E-propenyl, 1E-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 1E-pentenyl, 3E-pentenyl or 4-pentenyl.


In the compounds of the Formula Y and its subformulae, preferably both radicals L1 and L2 denote F. In another preferred embodiment of the present invention, in the compounds of the Formula Y and its subformulae one of the radicals L1 and L2 denotes F and the other denotes Cl.


In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the LC medium contains one or more compounds of the Formula Y selected from the following subformulae:




embedded image


wherein L1, L2, R1, R2, Zx, Zy have the meanings given in Formula Y or one of the preferred meanings given above in Formula LP1,

    • L3, L4 denote F or Cl, preferably F, and
    • L5 denotes a H atom or CH3,




embedded image




    •  denotes







embedded image




    •  denotes







embedded image




    • a denotes 1 or 2,

    • b denotes 0 or 1,





Preferably, in the compounds of the Formula Y1 and Y2 both L1 and L2 denote F or one of L1 and L2 denotes F and the other denotes Cl, or both L3 and L4 denote F or one of L3 and L4 denotes F and the other denotes Cl.


Preferably, the LC medium comprises one or more compounds of the Formula Y1 selected from the group consisting of the following subformulae:




embedded image


embedded image


embedded image


embedded image


embedded image


embedded image


embedded image


embedded image


embedded image


in which

    • a denotes 1 or 2,
    • “alkyl” and “alkyl*” each, independently of one another, denote a straight-chain alkyl radical having 1 to 6 C atoms,
    • “alkenyl” denotes a straight-chain alkenyl radical having 2 to 6 C atoms, and
    • L5 denotes a H atom or CH3.
    • “alkenyl” preferably denotes CH2═CH—, CH2═CHCH2CH2—, CH3—CH═CH—, CH3—CH2—CH═CH—, CH3—(CH2)2—CH═CH—, CH3—(CH2)3—CH═CH— or CH3—CH═CH—(CH2)2—.


Very preferably, the LC medium contains one or more compounds of the Formula Y1 selected from Formulae Y1-1, Y1-2, Y1-7, Y1-12, Y1-17, Y1-22, Y1-40, Y1-41, Y1-42, Y1-44, Y1-50 and Y1-68. L5 preferably denotes a H atom.


Further preferably, the LC medium comprises one or more compounds of the Formula Y2 selected from the group consisting of the following subformulae:




embedded image


embedded image


embedded image


embedded image


embedded image


embedded image


in which

    • “alkyl” and “alkyl*” each, independently of one another, denote a straight-chain alkyl radical having 1 to 6 C atoms, and
    • “alkenyl” denotes a straight-chain alkenyl radical having 2 to 6 C atoms, and (O) denotes an oxygen atom or a single bond, and
    • L5 denotes a H atom or CH3, preferably a H atom.
    • “alkenyl” preferably denotes CH2═CH—, CH2═CHCH2CH2—, CH3—CH═CH—, CH3—CH2—CH═CH—, CH3—(CH2)2—CH═CH—, CH3—(CH2)3—CH═CH— or CH3—CH═CH—(CH2)2—.


Very preferably, the LC medium contains one or more compounds of the Formula Y2 selected from Formulae Y2-2 and Y2-10.


The proportion of the compounds of the Formula Y1 or its subformulae in the LC medium is preferably from 0 to 10% by weight.


The proportion of the compounds of the Formula Y2 or its subformulae in the LC medium is preferably from 0 to 10% by weight.


The total proportion of the compounds of the Formula Y1 and Y2 or their subformulae in the LC medium is preferably from 1 to 20%, very preferably from 2 to 15% by weight.


Preferably, the LC medium contains 1, 2 or 3 compounds of the Formula Y1 and Y2 or their subformulae, very preferably selected from Formulae Y1-2, Y1-22, Y1-66, Y1-70, Y2-6 and Y2-22.


In another preferred embodiment of the present invention, the LC medium contains one or more compounds of the Formula Y selected from the following subformula




embedded image


wherein L1, L2, R1 and R2 have one of the meanings given in Formula Y.


Preferred compounds of the Formula Y3 are selected from the group consisting of the following subformulae




embedded image


embedded image


in which,

    • “alkyl” and “alkyl*” each, independently of one another, denote a straight-chain alkyl radical having 1 to 6 C atoms,
    • “alkenyl” and “alkenyl” each, independently of one another, denote a straight-chain alkenyl radical having 2 to 6 C atoms, and
    • O denotes an oxygen atom or a single bond.
    • “alkenyl” and “alkenyl*” preferably denote CH2═CH—, CH2═CHCH2CH2—, CH3—CH═CH—, CH3—CH2—CH═CH—, CH3—(CH2)2—CH═CH—, CH3—(CH2)3—CH═CH— or CH3—CH═CH—(CH2)2—.


Particularly preferred compounds of the Formula Y3 are selected from the group consisting of following subformulae:




embedded image


wherein “alkoxy” and “alkoxy” each, independently of one another, preferably denote straight-chain alkoxy with 3, 4, or 5 C atoms.


Preferably, in the compounds of the Formula Y3 and its subformulae both L1 and L2 denote F. Further preferably in the compounds of the Formula Y3 one of the radicals L1 and L2 denotes F and the other denotes Cl.


The proportion of the compounds of the Formula Y3 or its subformulae in the LC medium is preferably from 1 to 10%, very preferably from 1 to 6% by weight.


Preferably, the LC medium contains 1, 2 or 3 compounds of the Formula Y3 or its subformulae, preferably of the Formula Y3-6, very preferably of the Formula Y3-6A.


In another preferred embodiment the present invention, the LC medium contains one or more compounds of the Formula Y selected from the subformula Y4:




embedded image


in which R1 and R2 each, independently of one another, have one of the meanings indicated above in Formula Y, and




embedded image


each, independently of one another, denote




embedded image


in which L5 denotes F or Cl, preferably F, and L6 denotes F, Cl, OCF3, CF3, CH3, CH2F or CHF2, preferably F, and preferably at least one of the rings G, I and K is different from unsubstituted 1,4-phenylene.


Preferred compounds of the Formula Y4 are selected from the group consisting of the following subformulae:




embedded image


embedded image


embedded image


in which

    • R denotes a straight-chain alkyl or alkoxy radical having 1-7 C atoms,
    • (O) denotes an oxygen atom or a single bond, and
    • m denotes an integer from 1 to 6.
    • R preferably denotes methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy or pentoxy.


The proportion of the compounds of the Formula Y4 or its subformulae in the LC medium is preferably from 1 to 10%, very preferably from 1 to 6% by weight.


Particularly preferred compounds are those of the subformulae:




embedded image


in which

    • alkyl and alkyl* each, independently of one another, denote a straight-chain alkyl radical having 1 to 6 C atoms, in particular ethyl, propyl or pentyl.


Use of the following compounds is particularly advantageous:




embedded image


In another preferred embodiment the present invention, the LC medium contains one or more compounds of the Formula Y selected from the group consisting of the following subformulae:




embedded image


in which R5 has one of the meanings indicated above in Formula Y for R1,

    • “alkyl” denotes a straight-chain alkyl radical having 1 to 6 C atoms,
    • LX denotes H or F,
    • X denotes F, Cl, OCF3, OCHF2 or OCH═CF2,
    • d denotes 0 or 1, and
    • z and m each, independently of one another, denote an integer from 1 to 6.
    • R5 in these compounds is particularly preferably C2-6-alkyl or -alkoxy or C2-6-alkenyl, d is preferably 1. X in these compounds is particularly preferably F. The LC medium according to the invention preferably comprises one or more compounds of the above-mentioned formulae in amounts of ≥5% by weight.


Further preferred embodiments are indicated below:

    • The LC medium comprises one or more compounds of the Formula Y selected from the following subformula:




embedded image




    • wherein R1, R2, L1, L2, X, x and Zx have the meanings given in Formula Y, and wherein at least one of the rings X is cyclohexenylene.

    • Preferably, both radicals L1 and L2 denote F. Further preferably one of the radicals L1 and L2 denotes F and the other denotes Cl.

    • The compounds of the Formula LY are preferably selected from the group consisting of the following subformulae:







embedded image




    • in which R1 has the meaning indicated in Formula Y above, (O) denotes an oxygen atom or a single bond, and v denotes an integer from 1 to 6. R1 preferably denotes straight-chain alkyl having 1 to 6 C atoms or straight-chain alkenyl having 2 to 6 C atoms, in particular CH3, C2H5, n-C3H7, n-C4Hg, n-C5H11, CH2═CH—, CH2═CHCH2CH2—, CH3—CH═CH—, CH3—CH2—CH═CH—, CH3—(CH2)2—CH═CH—, CH3—(CH2)3—CH═CH— or CH3—CH═CH—(CH2)2—.

    • Very preferred are compounds of the Formula LY4.

    • Preferably, the LC medium contains 1, 2 or 3 compounds of the Formula LY, very preferably of the Formula LY4.

    • The proportion of the compounds of the Formula LY or its subformulae in the LC medium is preferably from 1 to 10% by weight.

    • The LC medium comprises one or more compounds of the Formula Y selected from the following subformula:







embedded image




    • wherein R1, R2, L1, L2, Y, y and ZY have the meanings given in Formula Y, and wherein at least one of the rings Y is tetrahydropyrane.

    • The compounds of the Formula AY are preferably selected from the group consisting of the following subformulae:







embedded image


embedded image




    • in which

    • R1 has the meaning indicated above,

    • “alkyl” denotes a straight-chain alkyl radical having 1 to 6 C atoms,

    • (O) denotes an oxygen atom or a single bond, and

    • v denotes an integer from 1 to 6.

    • R1 preferably denotes straight-chain alkyl having 1 to 6 C atoms or straight-chain alkenyl having 2 to 6 C atoms, in particular CH3, C2H5, n-C3H7, n-C4Hg, n-C5H11, CH2═CH—, CH2═CHCH2CH2—, CH3—CH═CH—, CH3—CH2— CH═CH—, CH3—(CH2)2—CH═CH—, CH3—(CH2)3—CH═CH— or CH3—CH═CH—(CH2)2—.





In the compounds of the Formula B and its subformulae, R1 and R3 preferably denote straight-chain alkyl or alkoxy having 1 to 6 C atoms, in particular methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy or butoxy, furthermore alkenyl having 2 to 6 C atoms, in particular vinyl, 1E-propenyl, 1E-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 1E-pentenyl, 3E-pentenyl or 4-pentenyl.


In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the LC medium contains one or more compounds of the Formula B selected from the following subformulae:




embedded image


wherein L1, L2, R1 and R3 have the meanings given in Formula B.


Preferred compounds of the Formula B1 are selected from the following subformulae:




embedded image


wherein R1 and R3 independently denote a straight-chain alkyl radical having 1 to 6 C atoms, in which one or more CH2 groups are optionally substituted by —C≡C—, —CF2O—, —OCF2—, —CH═CH—,




embedded image


—O—, —CO—O— or —O—CO— in such a way that O atoms are not linked directly to one another, and in which one or more H atoms may be replaced by a halogen atom. Very preferred are compounds of the Formula B1-1 and B1-2 wherein both groups (O) denote an oxygen atom and R1 and R3 independently denote an alkyl group being methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl or hexyl, which are preferably straight-chained. Very preferably, one “alkyl” is ethyl and the other “alkyl” is n-pentyl.


Very preferred are compounds of the Formula B1-2.


Preferably, the compounds of the Formula B1-1 are selected from the group of compounds of the Formulae B1-1-1 to B1-1-11, preferably of the Formula B1-1-6:




embedded image


in which

    • “alkyl” and “alkyl*” each, independently of one another, denote a straight-chain alkyl radical having 1 to 6 C atoms,
    • “alkenyl” and “alkenyl*” each, independently of one another, denote a straight-chain alkenyl radical having 2 to 6 C atoms,
    • “alkoxy” and “alkoxy*” each, independently of one another, denote a straight-chain alkoxy radical having 1 to 6 C atoms.


Preferably, the compounds of the Formula B1-2 are selected from the group of compounds of the Formulae B1-2-1 to B1-2-10, preferably of the Formula B1-2-6:




embedded image


in which

    • “alkyl” and “alkyl*” each, independently of one another, denote a straight-chain alkyl radical having 1 to 6 C atoms,
    • “alkenyl” and “alkenyl*” each, independently of one another, denote a straight-chain alkenyl radical having 2 to 6 C atoms,
    • “alkoxy” and “alkoxy*” each, independently of one another, denote a straight-chain alkoxy radical having 1 to 6 C atoms.


Optionally, the LC medium comprises one or more compounds of the Formula B1-1A and/or B1-2A




embedded image


in which

    • (O) denotes O or a single bond,
    • RIIIA denotes alkyl or alkenyl having up to 7 C atoms or a group CyCmH2m+1—,
    • m and n are, identically or differently, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6, preferably 1, 2 or 3, very preferably 1,
    • Cy denotes a cycloaliphatic group having 3, 4 or 5 ring atoms, which is optionally substituted with alkyl or alkenyl each having up to 3 C atoms, or with halogen or CN, and preferably denotes cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl or cyclopentyl.


The compounds of the Formulae B1-1A and/or B1-2A are contained in the LC medium either alternatively or in addition to the compounds of the Formulae B1-1 and B1-2, preferably additionally.


Very preferred compounds of the Formulae B1-1A and/or B1-2A are the following:




embedded image


in which “alkoxy” denotes a straight-chain alkoxy radical having 1 to 6 C atoms or alternatively —(CH2)nF in which n is 2, 3, 4, or 5, preferably C2H4F.


The proportion of the compounds of the Formula B1 or its subformulae in the LC medium is preferably from 1 to 20%, very preferably from 1 to 15% by weight.


Preferably, the LC medium contains 1, 2 or 3 compounds of the Formula B1 or its subformulae.


In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the LC medium may comprise one or more compounds of the Formula B2-2




embedded image


in which

    • R1, R3 identically or differently, denote H, an alkyl or alkoxy radical having 1 to 6 C atoms, in which one or more CH2 groups in these radicals are optionally replaced, independently of one another, by —C≡C—, —CF2O—, —OCF2—, —CH═CH—,




embedded image




    •  —O—, —CO—O— or —O—CO— in such a way that O atoms are not linked directly to one another, and in which, in addition, one or more H atoms may be replaced by halogen.





The compounds of the Formula B2-2 are preferably selected from the group of compounds of the Formulae B2-2-1 to B2-2-10:




embedded image


embedded image


in which R3 denotes alkyl having 1 to 6 C-atoms, preferably ethyl, n-propyl or n-butyl, or alternatively cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl or cyclopentylmethyl or alternatively —(CH2)nF in which n is 2, 3, 4, or 5, preferably C2H4F.


Particularly preferred compounds of the Formula B2 are selected from the following subformulae:




embedded image


The proportion of the compounds of the Formula B2 or its subformulae in the LC medium is preferably from 1 to 20%, very preferably from 1 to 15% by weight.


Preferably, the LC medium contains 1, 2 or 3 compounds of the Formula B2 or its subformulae.


Preferred compounds of the Formula B3 are selected from the following subformulae:




embedded image


wherein R1 has one of the meanings given in Formula B3 and preferably denotes straight-chain alkyl having 1 to 6 C atoms, very preferably methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl or hexyl, more preferably ethyl or propyl, most preferably propyl, and X1 has one of the meanings given in Formula B3 and preferably denotes CF3 or OCF3.


Preferred compounds of the Formula B3 are selected from the following subformulae:




embedded image


wherein R1 has one of the meanings given in Formula B3 and preferably denotes straight-chain alkyl having 1 to 6 C atoms, very preferably methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl or hexyl, more preferably ethyl or propyl, most preferably propyl.


Most preferred are compounds of the Formulae B3-1-1 and B3-2-2.


In a preferred embodiment, the LC medium contains one or more compounds of the Formula B or its subformulae B1, B2, B3, B1-1, B1-2, B2-1, B2-2, B2-3, B3-1, B3-2, B3-1-1, B3-1-2, B3-2-1 and B3-2-2 wherein the dibenzofuran or dibenzothiophene group is substituted by a methyl or methoxy group, preferably by a methyl group, preferably in p-position to the substituent F, very preferably in p-position to the substituent F (i.e. in m-position to the terminal group R1 or X1).


The proportion of the compounds of the Formula B3 or its subformulae in the LC medium is preferably from 1 to 20%, very preferably from 1 to 10% by weight.


Preferably, the LC medium contains 1, 2 or 3 compounds of the Formula B3 or its subformulae.


Preferably, the total proportion of compounds of the Formula Y and B or their subformulae in the LC medium is from 2 to 25%, very preferably from 3 to 20% by weight.


Further preferred embodiments are indicated below:

    • The LC medium does not contain a compound of the Formula Y, B, LY or AY.
    • The LC medium does not contain a compound having a 1,4-phenylene group that is substituted in 2- and 3-position with F or Cl.


Further preferred LC media are selected from the following preferred embodiments, including any combination thereof:

    • a compound of the Formula LP1 in combination with two or more compounds of the Formula ST
    • a compound of the Formula LP2 in combination with two or more compounds of the Formula ST
    • a compound of the Formula LP1 in combination with two or more compounds of the Formula ST and a compound of the Formula Z1
    • a compound of the Formula LP1 in combination with two or more compounds of the Formula ST and a compound of the Formula XII. The total content of the compounds of the Formulae LP1 and XII is preferably 1 to 50% by weight, more preferably 2 to 40% by weight, particularly preferred 5 to 30% by weight.
    • a compound of the Formula LP2 in combination with two or more compounds of the Formula ST and a compound of the Formula IV. The total content of the compounds of the Formulae LP2 and IV is preferably 1 to 50% by weight, more preferably 2 to 40% by weight, particularly preferred 5 to 30% by weight.
    • a compound of the Formula LP2 in combination with two or more compounds of the Formula ST and a compound of the Formula Z1
    • The LC medium comprises one or more compounds of the Formula LP1 and/or LP2, two or more compounds of the Formula ST and one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of Formulae Z1, Z2, Z3, Z4, Z5, Y, B, LY, AY, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, XII, XIV, XV, XVI, XVIIa, XVIIb, XVIIc, XVIII, XIX, XX, XXI, XXII, XXIII, XXIV, XXV, XXVI, XXVII, XXVIII, XXIX, XXX-1, XXX-2, XXX-3, XXXII, XXXIII and XXXIV and their subformulae.
    • The LC medium comprises one or more compounds of the Formulae LP1 and/or LP2, two or more compounds of the Formula ST and one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the Formulae Z1, Z2, Z3, Z4, Z5, Y, B, II, III, IV, VI, XIV, XVI, XVIIa, XVIIb, XVIIc, XX, XII, XXIII, XXIX and XXXIV and their subformulae.
    • The LC medium comprises one or more compounds of the Formula II, preferably selected from the group consisting of the Formula II-1, II-2 and II-3, very preferably from Formula II-1 and II-2. The individual concentration of each of these compounds is preferably from 2 to 15% by weight. The total concentration of these compounds is preferably from 5 to 25% by weight.
    • The LC medium comprises one or more compounds of the Formula III, preferably selected from the group consisting of the Formula III-1, III-4, III-6, III-16, III-19 and III-20, very preferably from the group consisting of the Formula III-1, III-6, III-16 and III-20. The individual concentration of each of these compounds is preferably from 2 to 15% by weight. The total concentration of these compounds is preferably from 5 to 30% by weight.
    • The LC medium comprises one or more compounds of the Formula IV, preferably selected from Formula IVa or IVc, very preferably from Formula IVa-1 or IVc-1, most preferably of the Formula IVc-1. The individual concentration of each of these compounds is preferably from 2 to 15% by weight. The total concentration of these compounds is preferably from 5 to 20% by weight.
    • The LC medium comprises one or more compounds of the Formula VI, preferably selected from Formula VIb. The individual concentration of each of these compounds is preferably from 1 to 20% by weight. The total concentration of these compounds is preferably from 5 to 20% by weight.
    • The LC medium comprises one or more compounds of the Formula Z1, preferably selected from Formula Z1-1. The total concentration of these compounds is preferably from 1 to 25% by weight.
    • The LC medium comprises one or more compounds of the Formula Z2, preferably selected from Formulae Z2-1 and Z2-2. The total concentration of these compounds is preferably from 2 to 35%, very preferably from 3 to 25% by weight.
    • The LC medium comprises from 5 to 20% by weight of compounds of the Formula Z3, preferably of the Formula Z3-1.
    • The LC medium comprises from 5 to 20% by weight of compounds of the Formula Z4, preferably of the Formula Z4-1.
    • The LC medium comprises from 10 to 65%, very preferably from 20 to 60% by weight of compounds of the Formula Z5.
    • The LC medium comprises one or more compounds of the Formula XII, preferably of the Formula XIIa or XIIb, very preferably of the Formula XIIa, most preferably of the Formula XIIa1. The concentration of these compounds is preferably from 2 to 15% by weight.
    • The LC medium comprises from 1 to 15% by weight of compounds of the Formula XIIb.
    • The LC medium comprises one or more compounds of the Formula XIV, preferably of the Formula XIVd, very preferably of the Formula XIVd1. The concentration of these compounds is preferably from 2 to 10% by weight.
    • The LC medium comprises one or more compounds of the Formula XVIb, preferably of the Formula XVIb-1, XVIb-2 and/or XVIb-3. The concentration of these compounds is preferably from 2 to 15% by weight.
    • The LC medium comprises one or more compounds of the Formula XVIc, preferably of the Formula XVIc-1, XVIc-2 and/or XVIc-3. The concentration of these compounds is preferably from 2 to 20% by weight.
    • The LC medium comprises one or more compounds of the Formula XVIb, preferably of the Formula XVIb-1 and/or XVIb-2. The total concentration of these compounds is preferably from 5 to 25% by weight.
    • The LC medium comprises one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the Formulae XVIIa, XVIIb and XVIIc, very preferably of the Formula XVIIa wherein L is H and of the Formula XVIIb wherein L is F. The total concentration of these compounds is preferably from 0.5 to 5% by weight.
    • The LC medium comprises one or more compounds of the Formula XX, preferably of the Formula XXa. The concentration of these compounds is preferably from 2 to 10% by weight.
    • The LC medium comprises one or more compounds of the Formula XXI, preferably of the Formula XXIa. The concentration of these compounds is preferably from 2 to 10% by weight.
    • The LC medium comprises one or more compounds of the Formula XXIII, preferably of the Formula XXIIIa. The concentration of these compounds is preferably from 0.5 to 5% by weight.
    • The LC medium comprises one or more compounds of the Formula XXIX, preferably of the Formula XXIXa. The concentration of these compounds is preferably from 2 to 10% by weight.
    • The LC medium comprises one or more compounds of the Formula XXX. The concentration of these compounds is preferably from 2 to 10% by weight.
    • The LC medium comprises one or more compounds of the Formula XXXIV. The concentration of these compounds is preferably from 1 to 5% by weight.
    • The LC medium comprises one or more compounds of the Formulae LP1 and/or LP2, two or more compounds of the Formula ST, one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the Formulae Z1, Z2 and Z3 or their subformulae, one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of Formulae XIV or their subformulae, one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of Formulae II, III, IV, VI, XX, XXIII and XXIX or their subformulae, and one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the Formulae XII, XVI, XVIIa, XVIIb, XVIIc, XXXI and XXXIV or their subformulae.
    • The LC medium comprises one or more compounds of the Formulae LP1 and/or LP2, two or more compounds of the Formula ST, one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the Formulae Z1, Z2, Z3, Z4 and Z5 or their subformulae, one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the Formula XIVd or their subformulae, one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of Formulae II, III, IVc, VIb, XXa, XXIIIa and XXIXa or their subformulae, and one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the Formulae XIIb, XVIb, XVIc, XVIIa, XVIIb, XVIIc, XXXI and XXXIV or their subformulae.
    • The LC medium comprises one or more compounds of the Formulae LP1 and/or LP2, two or more compounds of the Formula ST, one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the Formulae Z1, Z2 and Z3 or their subformulae, one or more compounds of the Formula Y, preferably selected from the group consisting of the Formulae Y1 and Y2, one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of Formula XIV or their subformulae, one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of Formulae II, III, IV, VI, XX, XXIII and XXIX or their subformulae, and one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the Formulae XII, XVI, XVIIa, XVIIb, XVIIc, XXXI and XXXIV or their subformulae.
    • The LC medium comprises one or more compounds of the Formulae LP1 and/or LP2, two or more compounds of the Formula ST, one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the Formulae Z1, Z2, Z3, Z4 and Z5 or their subformulae, one or more compounds of the Formula B, preferably selected from the group consisting of the Formulae B1, B2 and B3, one or more compounds of the Formula XIVd or their subformulae, one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of Formulae II, III, IVc, VIb, XXa, XXIIIa and XXIXa or their subformulae, and one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the Formulae XIIb, XVIb, XVIc, XVIIa, XVIIb, XVIIc, XXXI and XXXIV or their subformulae.
    • Besides the compounds of Formulae LP1 and/or LP2 and two or more compounds of the Formula ST, the LC medium comprises further compounds selected from the group of the compounds of the Formula Z1, Z2, Z3, Y, B, IV, XII, XIV, XVI, XVIIa, XVIIb, XVIIc, XXI, XXIII, XXIX, XXX, XXXI and XXIV or their subformulae.
    • Besides the compounds of the Formulae LP1 and/or LP2 and two or more compounds of the Formula ST, the LC medium comprises further compounds selected from the group of the compounds of the Formulae Z1, Z2, Z3, IV, XII, XIV, XVI, XVIIa, XVIIb, XVIIc, XXI, XXIII, XXIX, XXX, XXXI and XXIV or their subformulae.
    • The proportion of compounds of the Formulae Z1, Z2, Z3, Z4 and Z5 or their subformulae in the mixture as a whole is from 10 to 65%, very preferably from 20 to 60%.
    • The proportion of compounds of the Formula Y or its subformulae in the mixture as a whole is from 1 to 20%, very preferably from 2 to 15%.
    • The proportion of compounds of the Formula B or its subformulae in the mixture as a whole is from 1 to 20%, very preferably from 2 to 18%.
    • The proportion of compounds of the Formulae II, III, IV-VIII, XVIII-XXIII and XXVII-XXX in the mixture as a whole is 30 to 60% by weight.
    • The proportion of compounds of the Formulae XII-XV in the mixture as a whole is 40 to 70% by weight.
    • The proportion of compounds of the Formulae XIV, XVIIa-c and XXXI-XXXIII in the mixture as a whole is 0.5 to 15% by weight.


The term “alkyl” or “alkyl*” in this application encompasses straight-chain and branched alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, in particular the straight-chain groups methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl and hexyl. Groups having 2 to 5 carbon atoms are generally preferred.


The term “alkenyl” or “alkenyl*” encompasses straight-chain and branched alkenyl groups having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, in particular the straight-chain groups.


Preferred alkenyl groups are C2-C7-1E-alkenyl, C4-C6-3E-alkenyl, in particular C2-C6-1E-alkenyl. Examples of particularly preferred alkenyl groups are vinyl, 1E-propenyl, 1E-butenyl, 1E-pentenyl, 1E-hexenyl, 3-butenyl, 3E-pentenyl, 3E-hexenyl, 4-pentenyl, 4Z-hexenyl, 4E-hexenyl and 5-hexenyl. Groups having up to 5 carbon atoms are generally preferred, in particular CH2═CH, CH3CH═CH.


The term “fluoroalkyl” preferably encompasses straight-chain groups having a terminal fluorine, i.e. fluoromethyl, 2-fluoroethyl, 3-fluoropropyl, 4-fluorobutyl, 5-fluoropentyl, 6-fluorohexyl and 7-fluoroheptyl. However, other positions of the fluorine are not excluded.


The term “oxaalkyl” or “alkoxy” preferably encompasses straight-chain radicals of the Formula CnH2n+1—O—(CH2)m, in which n and m each, independently of one another, denote 1 to 6. m may also denote 0. Preferably, n=1 and m=1 to 6 or m=0 and n=1 to 3. Further preferably the alkoxy or oxaalkyl group can also contain one or more further O atoms such that oxygen atoms are not directly linked to one another.


Through a suitable choice of the meanings of R0 and X0, the addressing times, the threshold voltage, the steepness of the transmission characteristic lines, etc., can be modified in the desired manner. For example, 1E-alkenyl radicals, 3E-alkenyl radicals, 2E-alkenyloxy radicals and the like generally result in shorter addressing times, improved nematic tendencies and a higher ratio between the elastic constants K3 (bend) and K1 (splay) compared with alkyl and alkoxy radicals. 4-Alkenyl radicals, 3-alkenyl radicals and the like generally give lower threshold voltages and lower values of K3/K1 compared with alkyl and alkoxy radicals. The mixtures according to the invention are distinguished, in particular, by high Δε values and thus have significantly faster response times than the mixtures from the prior art.


The optimum mixing ratio of the compounds of the above-mentioned formulae depends substantially on the desired properties, on the choice of the components of the above-mentioned formulae and on the choice of any further components that may be present.


Suitable mixing ratios within the range indicated above can easily be determined from case to case.


The total amount of compounds of the above-mentioned formulae in the LC media according to the invention is not crucial. The LC medium can therefore comprise one or more further components for the purposes of optimisation of various properties. However, the observed effect on the desired improvement in the properties of the LC medium is generally greater, the higher the total concentration of compounds of the above-mentioned formulae.


In a particularly preferred embodiment, the LC medium according to the invention comprise compounds of the Formulae IV to VIII (preferably IV and V) in which X0 denotes F, OCF3, OCHF2, OCH═CF2, OCF═CF2 or OCF2—CF2H. A favourable synergistic action with the compounds of Formulae LP1 and/or LP2, two or more compounds of the Formula ST, II and III results in particularly advantageous properties. In particular, LC medium comprising compounds of the Formulae LP1 and/or LP2, two or more compounds of the Formula ST, II and III are distinguished by their low threshold voltage.


The individual compounds of the above-mentioned formulae and the subformulae thereof which can be used in the LC media according to the invention are either known or can be prepared analogously to the known compounds.


The invention also relates to a process for the preparation of a LC medium as described above and below, by mixing one or more compounds of the Formulae LP1 and/or LP2 with two or more compounds of the Formula ST, and, optionally, with Y1, Y2 or Y3, one or more compounds of the Formula B, and one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the Formulae II, III, Z1, Z2, Z3, Z4, IV, VI, XIV, XII, XVI, XVIIa, XVIIb, XVIIc, XX, XXIII, XXIX XXXI and XXXIV.


In another preferred embodiment of the present invention, the LC medium additionally comprises one or more polymerisable compounds. The polymerisable compounds are preferably selected from Formula M





Ra—B1—(Zb—B2)m—Rb  M


in which the individual radicals, on each occurrence identically or differently, and each, independently of one another, have the following meaning:

    • Ra and Rb P, P-Sp-, H, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —NCO, —NCS, —OCN, —SCN, SF5 or straight-chain or branched alkyl having 1 to 25 C atoms, in which, in addition, one or more non-adjacent CH2 groups may each be replaced, independently of one another, by —C(R0)═C(R00)—, —C≡C—, —N(R00)—, —O—, —S—, —CO—, —CO—O—, —O—CO—, —O—CO—O— in such a way that O and/or S atoms are not linked directly to one another, and in which, in addition, one or more H atoms may be replaced by F, C, Br, I, CN, P or P—Sp-, where, if B1 and/or B2 contain a saturated C atom, Ra and/or Rb may also denote a radical which is spiro-linked to this saturated C atom,
    • wherein at least one of the radicals Ra and Rb denotes or contains a group P or P—Sp-,
    • P a polymerisable group,
    • Sp a spacer group or a single bond,
    • B1 and B2 an aromatic, heteroaromatic, alicyclic or heterocyclic group, preferably having 4 to 25 ring atoms, which may also contain fused rings, and which is unsubstituted, or mono- or polysubstituted by L,
    • Zb —O—, —S—, —CO—, —CO—O—, —OCO—, —O—CO—O—, —OCH2—, —CH2O—, —SCH2—, —CH2S—, —CF2O—, —OCF2—, —CF2S—, —SCF2—, —(CH2)n1—, —CF2CH2—, —CH2CF2—, —(CF2)n1—, —CH═CH—, —CF═CF—, —C≡C—, —CH═CH—COO—, —OCO—CH═CH—, CR0R00 or a single bond,
    • R0 and R00 each, independently of one another, denote H or alkyl having 1 to 12 C atoms,
    • m denotes 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4,
    • n1 denotes 1, 2, 3 or 4,
    • L P, P—Sp-, OH, CH2OH, F, Cl, Br, I, —CN, —NO2, —NCO, —NCS, —OCN, —SCN, —C(═O)N(RX)2, —C(═O)Y1, —C(═O)RX, —N(RX)2, optionally substituted silyl, optionally substituted aryl having 6 to 20 C atoms, or straight-chain or branched alkyl, alkoxy, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyloxy or alkoxycarbonyloxy having 1 to 25 C atoms, in which, in addition, one or more H atoms may be replaced by F, C, P or P—Sp-,
    • P and Sp have the meanings indicated in Formula M above,
    • Y1 denotes halogen,
    • RX denotes P, P—Sp-, H, halogen, straight-chain, branched or cyclic alkyl having 1 to 25 C atoms, in which, in addition, one or more non-adjacent CH2 groups may be replaced by —O—, —S—, —CO—, —CO—O—, —O—CO—, —O—CO—O— in such a way that O and/or S atoms are not linked directly to one another, and in which, in addition, one or more H atoms may be replaced by F, C, P or P—Sp-, an optionally substituted aryl or aryloxy group having 6 to 40 C atoms, or an optionally substituted heteroaryl or heteroaryloxy group having 2 to 40 C atoms.


Particularly preferred compounds of the Formula M are those in which B1 and B2 each, independently of one another, denote 1,4-phenylene, 1,3-phenylene, naphthalene-1,4-diyl, naphthalene-2,6-diyl, phenanthrene-2,7-diyl, 9,10-dihydro-phenanthrene-2,7-diyl, anthracene-2,7-diyl, fluorene-2,7-diyl, coumarine, flavone, where, in addition, one or more CH groups in these groups may be replaced by N, cyclohexane-1,4-diyl, in which, in addition, one or more non-adjacent CH2 groups may be replaced by O and/or S, 1,4-cyclohexenylene, bicycle[1.1.1]pentane-1,3-diyl, bicyclo[2.2.2]octane-1,4-diyl, spiro[3.3]heptane-2,6-diyl, piperidine-1,4-diyl, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl, indane-2,5-diyl or octahydro-4,7-methanoindane-2,5-diyl, where all these groups may be unsubstituted or mono- or polysubstituted by L as defined for the Formula M above.


Particularly preferred compounds of the Formula M are those in which B1 and B2 each, independently of one another, denote 1,4-phenylene, 1,3-phenylene, naphthalene-1,4-diyl or naphthalene-2,6-diyl.


Very preferred compounds of the Formula M are selected from the following formulae:




embedded image


embedded image


embedded image


embedded image


in which the individual radicals, on each occurrence identically or differently, and each, independently of one another, have the following meaning:

    • P1, P2, P3 a polymerisable group, preferably selected from vinyloxy, acrylate, methacrylate, fluoroacrylate, chloroacrylate, oxetane and epoxy,
    • Sp1, Sp2, Sp3 a single bond or a spacer group where, in addition, one or more of the radicals P—Sp1-, P1—Sp2 and P3—S3 may denote Raa, with the proviso that at least one of the radicals P1—Sp1-, P2—Sp2 and P3—Sp3- present is different from Raa, preferably —(CH2)p1—, —(CH2)p1—O—, —(CH2)p1—CO—O— or —(CH2)p1—O—CO—O—, wherein p1 is an integer from 1 to 12,
    • Raa H, F, Cl, CN or straight-chain or branched alkyl having 1 to 25 C atoms, in which, in addition, one or more non-adjacent CH2 groups may each be replaced, independently of one another, by —C(R0)═C(R00)—, —C≡C—, —N(R0)—, —O—, —S—, —CO—, —CO—O—, —O—CO—, —O—CO—O— in such a way that O and/or S atoms are not linked directly to one another, and in which, in addition, one or more H atoms may be replaced by F, Cl, CN or P1—Sp1-, particularly preferably straight-chain or branched, optionally mono- or polyfluorinated alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyloxy or alkoxycarbonyloxy having 1 to 12 C atoms (where the alkenyl and alkynyl radicals have at least two C atoms and the branched radicals have at least three C atoms),
    • R0, R00 H or alkyl having 1 to 12 C atoms,
    • Ry and Rz H, F, CH3 or CF3,
    • X1, X2, X3 —CO—O—, —O—CO— or a single bond,
    • ZM1 —O—, —CO—, —C(RyRz)— or —CF2CF2—,
    • ZM2, ZM3 —CO—O—, —O—CO—, —CH2O—, —OCH2—, —CF2O—, —OCF2— or —(CH2)n—, where n is 2, 3 or 4,
    • L F, Cl, CN or straight-chain or branched, optionally mono- or poly-fluorinated alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxy-carbonyl, alkylcarbonyloxy or alkoxycarbonyloxy having 1 to 12 C atoms,
    • L′, L″ H, F or Cl,
    • r 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4,
    • s 0, 1, 2 or 3,
    • t 0, 1 or 2,
    • x 0 or 1.


Especially preferred are compounds of the Formulae M2 and M13.


Further preferred are trireactive compounds M15 to M31, in particular M17, M18, M19, M22, M23, M24, M25, M30 and M31.


In the compounds of the Formulae M1 to M31 the group




embedded image


is preferably




embedded image


wherein L on each occurrence, identically or differently, has one of the meanings given for Formula M above or below, and is preferably F, Cl, CN, NO2, CH3, C2H5, C(CH3)3, CH(CH3)2, CH2CH(CH3)C2H5, OCH3, OC2H5, COCH3, COC2H5, COOCH3, COOC2H5, CF3, OCF3, OCHF2, OC2F5 or P—Sp-, very preferably F, Cl, CN, CH3, C2H5, OCH3, COCH3, OCF3 or P—Sp-, more preferably F, Cl, CH3, OCH3, COCH3 or OCF3, especially F or CH3.


Preferred compounds of the Formulae M1 to M31 are those wherein P1, P2 and P3 denote an acrylate, methacrylate, oxetane or epoxy group, very preferably an acrylate or methacrylate group.


Further preferred compounds of the Formulae M1 to M31 are those wherein Sp1, Sp2 and Sp3 are a single bond.


Further preferred compounds of the Formulae M1 to M31 are those wherein one of Sp1, Sp2 and Sp3 is a single bond and another one of Sp1, Sp2 and Sp3 is different from a single bond.


Further preferred compounds of the Formulae M1 to M31 are those wherein those groups Sp1, Sp2 and Sp3 that are different from a single bond denote —(CH2)s1—X″—, wherein s1 is an integer from 1 to 6, preferably 2, 3, 4 or 5, and X″ is X″ is the linkage to the benzene ring and is —O—, —O—CO—, —CO—O—, —O—CO—O— or a single bond.


Particular preference is given to LC media comprising one, two or three polymerisable compounds of the Formula M, preferably selected from Formulae M1 to M31.


Further preferably, the LC media according to the present invention comprise one or more polymerisable compounds selected from Table E below.


Preferably, the proportion of polymerisable compounds in the LC medium, preferably selected from Formula M and Table E, is from 0.01 to 5%, very preferably from 0.05 to 1%, most preferably from 0.1 to 0.5%.


It was observed that the addition of one or more polymerisable compounds to the LC medium, like those selected from Formula M and Table E, leads to advantageous properties like fast response times. Such a LC medium is especially suitable for use in PSA displays where it shows low image sticking, a quick and complete polymerisation, the quick generation of a low pretilt angle which is stable after UV exposure, a high reliability, high VHR value after UV exposure, and a high birefringence. By appropriate selection of the polymerisable compounds it is possible to increase the absorption of the LC medium at longer UV wavelengths, so that it is possible to use such longer UV wavelengths for polymerisation, which is advantageous for the display manufacturing process.


The polymerisable group P is a group which is suitable for a polymerisation reaction, such as, for example, free-radical or ionic chain polymerisation, polyaddition or polycondensation, or for a polymer-analogous reaction, for example addition or condensation onto a main polymer chain. Particular preference is given to groups for chain polymerisation, in particular those containing a C═C double bond or —C≡C— triple bond, and groups which are suitable for polymerisation with ring opening, such as, for example, oxetane or epoxide groups.


Preferred groups P are selected from the group consisting of CH2═CW1—CO—O—, CH2═CW1—CO—,




embedded image


CH2═CW2—(O)k3—, CW1═CH—CO—(O)k3—, CW1═CH—CO—NH—, CH2═CW1—CO—NH—, CH3—CH═CH—O—, (CH2═CH)2CH—OCO—, (CH2═CH—CH2)2CH—OCO—, (CH2═CH)2CH—O—, (CH2═CH—CH2)2N—, (CH2═CH—CH2)2N—CO—, HO—CW2W3—, HS—CW2W3—, HW2N—, HO—CW2W3—NH—, CH2═CW1—CO—NH—, CH2═CH—(COO)k1-Phe-(O)k2—, CH2═CH—(CO)k1-Phe-(O)k2—, Phe-CH═CH—, HOOC—, OCN— and W4W5W6Si—, in which W1 denotes H, F, Cl, CN, CF3, phenyl or alkyl having 1 to 5 C atoms, in particular H, F, Cl or CH3, W2 and W3 each, independently of one another, denote H or alkyl having 1 to 5 C atoms, in particular H, methyl, ethyl or n-propyl, W4, W5 and W6 each, independently of one another, denote Cl, oxaalkyl or oxacarbonylalkyl having 1 to 5 C atoms, W7 and W8 each, independently of one another, denote H, Cl or alkyl having 1 to 5 C atoms, Phe denotes 1,4-phenylene, which is optionally substituted by one or more radicals L as defined for Formula M above which are other than P—Sp-, k1, k2 and k3 each, independently of one another, denote 0 or 1, k3 preferably denotes 1, and k4 denotes an integer from 1 to 10.


Very preferred groups P are selected from the group consisting of CH2═CW1—CO—O—, CH2═CW1—CO—,




embedded image


CH2═CW2—O—, CH═CW2—, CW1═CH—CO—(O)k3—, CW1═CH—CO—NH—, CH2═CW1—CO—NH—, (CH2═CH)2CH—OCO—, (CH2═CH—CH2)2CH—OCO—, (CH2═CH)2CH—O—, (CH2═CH—CH2)2N—, (CH2═CH—CH2)2N—CO—, CH2═CW1—CO—NH—, CH2═CH—(COO)k1-Phe-(O)k2—, CH2═CH—(CO)k1-Phe-(O)k2—, Phe-CH═CH— and W4W5W6Si—, in which W1 denotes H, F, Cl, CN, CF3, phenyl or alkyl having 1 to 5 C atoms, in particular H, F, Cl or CH3, W2 and W3 each, independently of one another, denote H or alkyl having 1 to 5 C atoms, in particular H, methyl, ethyl or n-propyl, W4, W5 and W6 each, independently of one another, denote Cl, oxaalkyl or oxacarbonylalkyl having 1 to 5 C atoms, W7 and W8 each, independently of one another, denote H, Cl or alkyl having 1 to 5 C atoms, Phe denotes 1,4-phenylene, k1, k2 and k3 each, independently of one another, denote 0 or 1, k3 preferably denotes 1, and k4 denotes an integer from 1 to 10.


Very particularly preferred groups P are selected from the group consisting of CH2═CW1—CO—O—, in particular CH2═CH—CO—O—, CH2═C(CH3)—CO—O— and CH2═CF—CO—O—, furthermore CH2═CH—O—, (CH2═CH)2CH—O—CO—, (CH2═CH)2CH—O—,




embedded image


Further preferred polymerisable groups P are selected from the group consisting of vinyloxy, acrylate, methacrylate, fluoroacrylate, chloroacrylate, oxetane and epoxide, most preferably from acrylate and methacrylate.


If Sp is different from a single bond, it is preferably of the Formula Sp″—X″, so that the respective radical P—Sp- conforms to the Formula P—Sp″—X″—, wherein

    • Sp″ denotes alkylene having 1 to 20, preferably 1 to 12, C atoms, which is optionally mono- or polysubstituted by F, Cl, Br, I or CN and in which, in addition, one or more non-adjacent CH2 groups may each be replaced, independently of one another, by —O—, —S—, —NH—, —N(R0)—, —Si(R0R00)—, —CO—, —CO—O—, —O—CO—, —O—CO—O—, —S—CO—, —CO—S—, —N(R00)—CO—O—, —O—CO—N(R0)—, —N(R0)—CO—N(R00)—, —CH═CH— or —C≡C— in such a way that O and/or S atoms are not linked directly to one another,
    • X″ denotes —O—, —S—, —CO—, —CO—O—, —O—CO—, —O—CO—O—, —CO—N(R0)—, —N(R0)—CO—, —N(R0)—CO—N(R00)—, —OCH2—, —CH2O—, —SCH2—, —CH2S—, —CF2O—, —OCF2—, —CF2S—, —SCF2—, —CF2CH2—, —CH2CF2—, —CF2CF2—, —CH═N—, —N═CH—, —N═N—, —CH═CR0—, —CY2═CY3—, —C≡C—, —CH═CH—CO—O—, —O—CO—CH═CH— or a single bond,
    • R0 and R00 each, independently of one another, denote H or alkyl having 1 to 20 C atoms, and
    • Y2 and Y3 each, independently of one another, denote H, F, C or CN.
    • X″ is preferably —O—, —S—, —CO—, —COO—, —OCO—, —O—COO—, —CO—NR0—, —NR0—CO—, —NR0—CO—NR00— or a single bond.


Typical spacer groups Sp and —Sp″—X″— are, for example, —(CH2)p1—, —(CH2CH2O)q1—CH2CH2—, —CH2CH2—S—CH2CH2—, —CH2CH2—NH—CH2CH2— or —(SiR0R00—O)p1—, in which p1 is an integer from 1 to 12, q1 is an integer from 1 to 3, and R0 and R00 have the meanings indicated in Formula M above.


Particularly preferred groups Sp and —Sp″—X″— are —(CH2)p1—, —(CH2)p1—O—, —(CH2)p1—O—CO—, —(CH2)p1—CO—O—, —(CH2)p1—O—CO—O—, in which p1 and q1 have the meanings indicated above.


Particularly preferred groups Sp″ are, in each case straight-chain, ethylene, propylene, butylene, pentylene, hexylene, heptylene, octylene, nonylene, decylene, undecylene, dodecylene, octadecylene, ethyleneoxyethylene, methyleneoxy-butylene, ethylenethioethylene, ethylene-N-methyliminoethylene, 1-methylalkylene, ethenylene, propenylene and butenylene.


For the production of PSA displays, the polymerisable compounds contained in the LC medium are polymerised or crosslinked (if one compound contains two or more polymerisable groups) by in-situ polymerisation in the LC medium between the substrates of the LC display, optionally while a voltage is applied to the electrodes.


The structure of the PSA displays according to the invention corresponds to the usual geometry for PSA displays, as described in the prior art cited at the outset. Geometries without protrusions are preferred, in particular those in which, in addition, the electrode on the colour filter side is unstructured and only the electrode on the TFT side has slots. Particularly suitable and preferred electrode structures for PS-VA displays are described, for example, in US 2006/0066793 A1.


The combination of compounds of the preferred embodiments mentioned above with the polymerised compounds described above causes low threshold voltages, low rotational viscosities and very good low-temperature stabilities in the LC media according to the invention at the same time as constantly high clearing points and high VHR values.


The use of LC media containing polymerisable compounds allows the rapid establishment of a particularly low pretilt angle in PSA displays. In particular, the LC media exhibit significantly shortened response times, in particular also the grey-shade response times, in PSA displays compared with the media from the prior art.


Preference is generally given to LC media which have a nematic LC phase, and preferably have no chiral liquid crystal phase.


The invention also relates to the use of a LC medium according to the present invention as described above and below for electro-optical purposes, in particular for the use is in shutter glasses, for 3D applications, in TN, PS-TN, STN, TN-TFT, OCB, IPS, PS-IPS, FFS, HB-FFS, XB-FFS, PS-FFS, positive VA and positive PS-VA displays, and to electro-optical displays, in particular of the aforementioned types, containing a LC medium according to the present invention as described above and below, in particular a TN, PS-TN, STN, TN-TFT, OCB, IPS, PS-IPS, FFS, HB-FFS, XB-FFS, PS-FFS, positive VA (vertically aligned) or positive PS-VA display.


The invention also relates to electro-optical displays, such as, for example, STN or MLC displays, having two plane-parallel outer plates, which, together with a frame, form a cell, integrated non-linear elements for switching individual pixels on the outer plates, and a nematic LC medium having positive dielectric anisotropy and high specific resistance located in the cell, wherein the a nematic LC medium is a LC medium according to the present invention as described above and below.


The LC media according to the invention enable a significant broadening of the available parameter latitude. The achievable combinations of clearing point, viscosity at low temperature, thermal and UV stability and high optical anisotropy are far superior to previous materials from the prior art.


In particular, the combination of compounds of the Formula LP1 and/or LP2 with two or more compounds of the Formula ST and, optionally, with compounds selected from Formulae II-XXXIII or their subformulae, leads to LC media which show a moderate positive dielectric anisotropy and at the same time an increased dielectric constant ε perpendicular to the longitudinal axes of the LC molecules, while maintaining a low rotational viscosity and a low value of the ratio γ1/K1. This enables LC displays, especially of the FFS, HB-FFS, XB-FFS and IPS mode, with high brightness and transmission and low response times.


The LC media according to the invention are suitable for mobile applications and TFT applications, such as, for example, mobile telephones and PDAs. Furthermore, the LC media according to the invention are particularly suitably for use in FFS, HB-FFS, XB-FFS and IPS displays based on dielectrically positive liquid crystals.


The LC media according to the invention, while retaining the nematic phase down to −20° C. and preferably down to −30° C., particularly preferably down to −40° C., and the clearing point ≥85° C., preferably ≥90° C., at the same time allow rotational viscosities γ1 of 120 mPa·s, particularly preferably 100 mPa·s, to be achieved, enabling excellent MLC displays having fast response times to be achieved. The rotational viscosities are determined at 20° C.


The dielectric anisotropy Δε of the LC media according to the invention at 20° C. and 1 kHz is preferably ≥+1.5, very preferably from +3 to +18.


The birefringence Δn of the LC media according to the invention at 20° C. is preferably from 0.08 to 0.12, very preferably from 0.09 to 0.11.


The rotational viscosity γ1 of the LC media according to the invention is preferably ≤120 mPa s, more preferably ≤110 mPa s, very preferably ≤90 mPa s.


The ratio γ1/K1 (wherein γ1 is the rotational viscosity γ1 and K1 is the elastic constant for splay deformation) of the LC media according to the invention is preferably ≤7 mPa·s/pN, very preferably ≤6 mPa·s/pN, most preferably ≤5.5 mPa·s/pN.


The nematic phase range of the LC media according to the invention preferably has a width of at least 90° C., more preferably of at least 100° C., in particular at least 110° C. This range preferably extends at least from −25° C. to +90° C.


It goes without saying that, through a suitable choice of the components of the LC media according to the invention, it is also possible for higher clearing points (for example above 100° C.) to be achieved at higher threshold voltages or lower clearing points to be achieved at lower threshold voltages with retention of the other advantageous properties. At viscosities correspondingly increased only slightly, it is likewise possible to obtain LC media having a higher Δε and thus low thresholds. The MLC displays according to the invention preferably operate at the first Gooch and Tarry transmission minimum [C. H. Gooch and H. A. Tarry, Electron. Lett. 10, 2-4, 1974; C. H. Gooch and H. A. Tarry, Appl. Phys., Vol. 8, 1575-1584, 1975], where, besides particularly favourable electro-optical properties, such as, for example, high steepness of the characteristic line and low angle dependence of the contrast (German patent 30 22 818), lower dielectric anisotropy is sufficient at the same threshold voltage as in an analogous display at the second minimum. This enables significantly higher specific resistance values to be achieved using the mixtures according to the invention at the first minimum than in the case of LC media comprising cyano compounds. Through a suitable choice of the individual components and their proportions by weight, the person skilled in the art is able to set the birefringence necessary for a pre-specified layer thickness of the MLC display using simple routine methods.


Measurements of the voltage holding ratio (HR) [S. Matsumoto et al., Liquid Crystals 5, 1320 (1989); K. Niwa et al., Proc. SID Conference, San Francisco, June 1984, p. 304 (1984); G. Weber et al., Liquid Crystals 5, 1381 (1989)] have shown that LC media according to the invention comprising compounds of the Formulae ST-1, ST-2, RV, IA and IB exhibit a significantly smaller decrease in the HR on UV exposure than analogous mixtures comprising cyanophenyl-cyclohexanes of the Formula




embedded image


or esters of the Formula




embedded image


instead of the compounds of the Formulae I ST-1, ST-2, RV, IA and IB.


The light stability and UV stability of the LC media according to the invention are considerably better, i.e. they exhibit a significantly smaller decrease in the HR on exposure to light, heat or UV.


The construction of the MLC display according to the invention from polarisers, electrode base plates and surface-treated electrodes corresponds to the usual design for displays of this type. The term usual design is broadly drawn here and also encompasses all derivatives and modifications of the MLC display, in particular including matrix display elements based on poly-Si TFTs or MIM.


A significant difference between the displays according to the invention and the hitherto conventional displays based on the twisted nematic cell consists, however, in the choice of the LC parameters of the LC layer.

    • The LC media which can be used in accordance with the invention are prepared in a manner conventional per se, for example by mixing one or more compounds
    • selected from LP1 and LP2:




embedded image




    • in which the individual radicals, on each occurrence identically or differently, and each, independently of one another, have the following meaning:

    • R0 an alkyl group having 1 to 12 C atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 C atoms in which one or more CH2 groups are optionally substituted by —C≡C—, —CF2O—, —OCF2—, —CH═CH—,







embedded image




    •  —O—, —CO—O— or —O—CO— in such a way that O atoms are not linked directly to one another, and in which one or more H atoms may be replaced by a halogen atom,

    • R2 an alkyl group having 1 to 6 C atoms, in which one or more CH2 groups are optionally substituted by —C≡C—, —CF2O—, —OCF2—, —CH═CH—,







embedded image


—O—, —CO—O— or —O—CO— in such a way that O atoms are not linked directly to one another, and in which one or more H atoms may be replaced by a halogen atom;

    • L1 and L2 H, F or Cl,
    • Y0 H or CH3;




embedded image






      • in which the individual radicals, on each occurrence identically or differently, and each, independently of one another, have the following meaning:



    • R0 an alkyl group having 1 to 12 C atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 C atoms in which one or more CH2 groups are optionally substituted by —C≡C—, —CF2O—, —OCF2—, —CH═CH—,







embedded image




    •  —O—, —CO—O— or —O—CO— in such a way that O atoms are not linked directly to one another, and in which one or more H atoms may be replaced by a halogen atom,

    • X2 a F atom or an alkyl or an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 C atoms or an alkenyl or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 6 C atoms in which one or more H atoms are replaced by a F atom,

    • L1 and L2 H, F or Cl,

    • Y0 H or CH3; and
      • two or more compounds of the Formula ST







embedded image






      • in which the individual substituents have the following meanings:









embedded image






      •  denotes









embedded image






      • X21, X22 each, independently of one another, —O—, —CH2—, —CHR23— or —N—R23—,

      • R21 and R22 each, independently of one another, a H atom or an alkyl- or alkoxy group having 1 to 12 C atoms, an alkenyl, alkynyl, alkenyloxy or alkoxyalkyl group having 2 to 12 C atoms or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 12 C atoms, in which one or more non-adjacent CH2 groups are optionally substituted by —C≡C—, —CF2O—, —OCF2—, —CH═CH—,









embedded image






      •  —O—, —CO—O— or —O—CO— in such a way that O atoms are not linked directly to one another, and in which one or more H atoms may be replaced by a halogen atom or a cycloalkyl or a cycloalkoxy group having 3 to 12 C atoms, in which one or more H atoms may be replaced by a halogen atom,

      • R23 denotes a H atom, an alkyl or alkoxy group having 1 to 10 C atoms, and

      • r denotes 0 or 1


        with one or more compounds of the Formulae II-XXXIV or with further LC com-pounds and/or additives. In general, the desired amount of the components used in lesser amount is dissolved in the components making up the principal constituent, advantageously at elevated temperature. It is also possible to mix solutions of the components in an organic solvent, for example in acetone, chloroform or methanol, and to remove the solvent again, for example by distillation, after thorough mixing.







The LC media may also comprise further additives known to the person skilled in the art and described in the literature, such as, for example, polymerisation initiators, inhibitors, surface-active substances, light stabilisers, antioxidants, e.g. BHT, TEMPOL, microparticles, free-radical scavengers, nanoparticles, etc. For example, 0 to 15% of pleochroic dyes or chiral dopants or initiators like Irgacure® 651 or Irgacure® 907 can be added. Suitable stabilisers and dopants are mentioned below in Tables C and D.


In a preferred embodiment, the LC medium comprises one or more stabilisers ST or H described above or those selected from Table D.


Preferably, the proportion of stabilisers, like those of the Formulae ST or H in the LC medium is from 10 to 2000 ppm, very preferably from 30 to 1000 ppm.


In another preferred embodiment, the LC medium according to the present invention contains a self-aligning (SA) additive, preferably in a concentration of 0.1 to 2.5%. An LC medium according to this preferred embodiment is especially suitable for use in polymer stabilised SA-FFS, SA-HB-FFS or SA-XB-FFS displays.


In a preferred embodiment, the SA-FFS, SA-HB-FFS or SA-XB-FFS display according to the present invention does not contain a polyimide alignment layer. In another preferred embodiment, the SA-FFS, SA-HB-FFS or SA-XB-FFS display contains a polyimide alignment layer.


Preferred SA additives for use in this preferred embodiment are selected from compounds comprising a mesogenic group and a straight-chain or branched alkyl side chain that is terminated with one or more polar anchor groups selected from hydroxy, carboxy, amino or thiol groups.


Further preferred SA additives contain one or more polymerisable groups which are attached, optionally via spacer groups, to the mesogenic group or the polar anchor group. These polymerisable SA additives can be polymerised in the LC medium under similar conditions as applied for the RMs in the PSA process.


Suitable SA additives to induce homeotropic alignment, especially for use in SA-VA mode displays, are disclosed for example in US 2013/0182202 A1, US 2014/0838581 A1, US 2015/0166890 A1 and US 2015/0252265 A1.


In another preferred embodiment, an LC medium or a polymer stabilised SA-FFS, SA-HB-FFS or SA-XB-FFS display according to the present invention contains one or more self-aligning additives selected from Table F below.


Furthermore, it is possible to add to the LC media, for example, 0 to 15% by weight of pleochroic dyes, furthermore nanoparticles, conductive salts, preferably ethyldimethyldodecylammonium 4-hexoxybenzoate, tetrabutylammonium tetraphenylborate or complex salts of crown ethers (cf. for example, Haller et al., Mol. Cryst. Liq. Cryst. 24, 249-258 (1973)), for improving the conductivity, or substances for modifying the dielectric anisotropy, the viscosity and/or the alignment of the nematic phases. Substances of this type are described, for example, in DE-A 22 09 127, 22 40 864, 23 21 632, 23 38 281, 24 50 088, 26 37 430 and 28 53 728.


For the present invention and in the following examples, the structures of the LC compounds are indicated by means of acronyms, with the transformation into chemical formulae taking place in accordance with Tables A to C below. All radicals CmH2m+1, CnH2n+1, and ClH2l+1 or CmH2m−1, CnH2n−1 and ClH2l−1 are straight-chain alkyl radicals or alkylene radicals, in each case having n, m and l C atoms respectively. Preferably, n, m and I are independently of each other 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7. Table A shows the codes for the ring elements of the nuclei of the compound, Table B lists the bridging units, and Table C lists the meanings of the symbols for the left- and right-hand end groups of the molecules. The acronyms are composed of the codes for the ring elements with optional linking groups, followed by a first hyphen and the codes for the left-hand end group, and a second hyphen and the codes for the right-hand end group. Table D shows illustrative structures of compounds together with their respective abbreviations.









TABLE A





Ring elements




















embedded image


C









embedded image


D









embedded image


DI









embedded image


A









embedded image


AI









embedded image


P









embedded image


G









embedded image


GI









embedded image


U









embedded image


UI









embedded image


U(1)









embedded image


Y









embedded image


P(F, Cl)Y









embedded image


P(Cl, F)Y









embedded image


np









embedded image


n3f









embedded image


nN3fI









embedded image


th









embedded image


thI









embedded image


th2f









embedded image


tH2fI









embedded image


o2f









embedded image


o2fI









embedded image


dh









embedded image


B









embedded image


B(S)









embedded image


O









embedded image


S









embedded image


K









embedded image


KI









embedded image


L









embedded image


LI









embedded image


F









embedded image


FI









embedded image


Bh









embedded image


Bh(S)









embedded image


Bf









embedded image


Bf(S)









embedded image


Bfi









embedded image


Bfi(S)

















TABLE B





Bridging units




















E
—CH2—CH2





V
—CH═CH—





T
—C≡C—





W
—CF2—CF2





B
—CF═CF—





Z
—CO—O—
ZI
—O—CO—



X
—CF═CH—
XI
—CH═CF—



O
—CH2—O—
OI
—O—CH2



Q
—CF2—O—
QI
—O—CF2

















TABLE C





End groups
















On the left individually or in
On the right individually or in


combination
combination













n-
CnH2n+1
-n
—CnH2n+1


nO—
CnH2n+1—O—
—On
—O—CnH2n+1


V—
CH2=CH—
—V
—CH=CH2


nV—
CnH2n+1—CH=CH—
-nV
—CnH2n—CH=CH2


Vn-
CH2=CH—CnH2n
—Vn
—CH=CH—CnH2n+1


nVm-
CnH2n+1—CH=CH—CmH2m
-nVm
—CnH2n—CH=CH—CmH2m+1


N—
N≡C—
—N
—C≡N


S—
S=C=N—
—S
—N=C=S


F—
F—
—F
—F


CL—
Cl—
—CL
Cl


M—
CFH2
—M
—CFH2


D—
CF2H—
—D
—CF2H


T—
CF3
—T
—CF3


MO—
CFH2O—
—OM
—OCFH2


DO—
CF2HO—
—OD
—OCF2H


TO—
CF3O—
—OT
—OCF3


A—
H—C≡C—
—A
—C≡C—H


nA—
CnH2n+1—C≡C—
—An
—C≡C—CnH2n+1


NA—
N≡C—C≡C—
—AN
—C≡C—C≡N





(cn)-


embedded image


-(cn)


embedded image







(cn)m-


embedded image


-m(cn)


embedded image













On the left only in combination
On the right only in combination













- . . . n . . . -
—CnH2n—
- . . . n . . .
—CnH2n


- . . . M . . . -
—CFH—
- . . . M . . .
—CFH—


- . . . D . . . -
—CF2
- . . . D . . .
—CF2


- . . . V . . . -
—CH=CH—
- . . . V . . .
—CH=CH—


- . . . Z . . . -
—CO—O—
- . . . Z . . .
—CO—O—


- . . . ZI . . . -
—O—CO—
- . . . ZI . . .
—O—CO—


- . . . K . . . -
—CO—
- . . . K . . .
—CO—


- . . . W . . . -
—CF=CF—
- . . . W . . .
—CF=CF—










in which n and m are each integers, and the three dots “ . . . ” are placeholders for other abbreviations from this table.


The following abbreviations are used:

    • (n, m, k and l are, independently of one another, each an integer, preferably 1 to 9 preferably 1 to 7, k and l possibly may be also 0 and preferably are 0 to 4, more preferably 0 or 2 and most preferably 2, n preferably is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, in the combination “-nO—” it preferably is 1, 2, 3 or 4, preferably 2 or 4, m preferably is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, in the combination “—Om” it preferably is 1, 2, 3 or 4, more preferably 2 or 4. The combination “-lVm” preferably is “2V1”.)


Preferred mixture components are shown in Tables D and E.










TABLE D









embedded image


PYP







embedded image


PYRP







embedded image


BCH







embedded image


CBC







embedded image


CCH







embedded image


CCP







embedded image


CPTP







embedded image


CEPTP







embedded image


ECCP







embedded image


CECP







embedded image


EPCH







embedded image


PCH







embedded image


CH







embedded image


PTP







embedded image


CCPC







embedded image


CP







embedded image


BECH







embedded image


EBCH







embedded image


CPC







embedded image


B







embedded image


FET-nF







embedded image


CGG







embedded image


CGU







embedded image


CFU
















TABLE E





In the following formulae, n and m each, independently of one another, denote 0, 1,


2, 3,4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12, in particular 2, 3, 5, furthermore 0, 4, 6.


















embedded image


APU-n-OXF







embedded image


ACQU-n-F







embedded image


APUQU-n-F







embedded image


BCH-n.Fm







embedded image


CFU-n-F







embedded image


CBC-nmF







embedded image


ECCP-nm







embedded image


CCZU-n-F







embedded image


PGP-n-m







embedded image


CGU-n-F







embedded image


CDUQU-n-F







embedded image


CLUQU-n-F







embedded image


CLUQU(1)-n-F







embedded image


CLP-V-n







embedded image


CDU-n-F







embedded image


DCU-n-F







embedded image


CGG-n-F







embedded image


CPZG-n-OT







embedded image


CC-nV-Vm







embedded image


CCP-Vn-m







embedded image


CCG-V-F







embedded image


CCP-nV-m







embedded image


CC-n-V







embedded image


CCQU-n-F







embedded image


CC-n-Vm







embedded image


CLUQU-n-F







embedded image


CPPC-nV-Vm







embedded image


CCQG-n-F







embedded image


CQU-n-F







embedded image


CP-1V-m







embedded image


CLP-n-T







embedded image


CLP-n-OT







embedded image


CP-2V-m







embedded image


CP-V2-m







embedded image


Dec-U-n-F







embedded image


CWCU-n-F







embedded image


CPGP-n-m







embedded image


CWCG-n-F







embedded image


CLU-n-F







embedded image


CCOC-n-m







embedded image


CPTU-n-F







embedded image


GPTU-n-F







embedded image


PQU-n-F







embedded image


PUQU-n-F







embedded image


PGU-n-F







embedded image


CGZP-n-OT







embedded image


CCGU-n-F







embedded image


CCQG-n-F







embedded image


DPGU-n-F







embedded image


DPGU-n-OT







embedded image


CUQU-n-F







embedded image


CCCQU-n-F







embedded image


CGUQU-n-F







embedded image


CPGI-n-OT







embedded image


PYP-nF







embedded image


CPGU-n-F







embedded image


CCVC-n-m







embedded image


CCVC-n-V







embedded image


CCVC-n-IV







embedded image


CVCP-1V-OT







embedded image


GGP-n-Cl







embedded image


DLGU-n-F







embedded image


DLGU-n-m







embedded image


PP-nV-Vm







embedded image


PP-1-nVm







embedded image


CWCQU-n-F







embedded image


PPGU-n-F







embedded image


PGUQU-n-F







embedded image


PGUQU(1)-n-F







embedded image


GPQU-n-F







embedded image


MPP-n-F







embedded image


MUQU-n-F







embedded image


NUQU-n-F







embedded image


PGP-n-kVm







embedded image


PP-n-kVm







embedded image


PCH-nCl







embedded image


GP-n-Cl







embedded image


GGP-n-F







embedded image


PGIGI-n-F







embedded image


PGU-n-OXF







embedded image


CPU-n-OXF







embedded image


PUS-n-m







embedded image


PGS-n-m







embedded image


PUS-n-Om







embedded image


PGS-n-Om







embedded image


PUS-(c5)-m







embedded image


PGS-(c5)-m







embedded image


CCQU-n-F(1)







embedded image


DUQU-n-F(1)







embedded image


PUQU-n-F(1)







embedded image


APUQU-n-F(1)







embedded image


CDUQU-n-F(1)







embedded image


CPPQU-n-F(1)







embedded image


DGUQU-n-F(1)







embedded image


DPUQU-n-F(1)







embedded image


PGUQU-n-F(1)







embedded image


PYP-n-m









Particular preference is given to LC media which, besides the compounds of the Formulae LP1 and/or LP2 and ST, comprise at least one, two, three, four or more compounds from Table E.









TABLE F





Table F indicates possible dopants which are generally added to the LC media according to the invention. The LC media


preferably comprise 0-10% by weight, in particular 0.01-5% by weight and particularly preferably 0.01-3% by weight of dopants.


















embedded image


C 15







embedded image


CB 15







embedded image


CM 21







embedded image


R/S-811







embedded image


CM 44







embedded image


CM 45







embedded image


CM 47







embedded image


CN







embedded image


R/S-2011







embedded image


R/S-3011







embedded image


R/S-4011







embedded image


R/S-5011







embedded image


R/S-1011
















TABLE G





Stabilisers, which can additionally be added, for example, to the LC media


according to the invention in amounts of 0 to 10% by weight, are mentioned below.









embedded image









embedded image









embedded image









embedded image







n = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7







embedded image







n = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7







embedded image









embedded image







n = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7







embedded image







q = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7







embedded image









embedded image









embedded image









embedded image









embedded image









embedded image









embedded image









embedded image









embedded image









embedded image









embedded image









embedded image









embedded image









embedded image









embedded image









embedded image









embedded image









embedded image









embedded image









embedded image









embedded image









embedded image









embedded image









embedded image









embedded image







q = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10
















TABLE H





Table H shows illustrative reactive mesogenic compounds (RMs) which can be used in


the LC media in accordance with the present invention.


















embedded image


RM-1







embedded image


RM-2







embedded image


RM-3







embedded image


RM-4







embedded image


RM-5







embedded image


RM-6







embedded image


RM-7







embedded image


RM-8







embedded image


RM-9







embedded image


RM-10







embedded image


RM-11







embedded image


RM-12







embedded image


RM-13







embedded image


RM-14







embedded image


RM-15







embedded image


RM-16







embedded image


RM-17







embedded image


RM-18







embedded image


RM-19







embedded image


RM-20







embedded image


RM-21







embedded image


RM-22







embedded image


RM-23







embedded image


RM-24







embedded image


RM-25







embedded image


RM-26







embedded image


RM-27







embedded image


RM-28







embedded image


RM-29







embedded image


RM-30







embedded image


RM-31







embedded image


RM-32







embedded image


RM-33







embedded image


RM-34







embedded image


RM-35







embedded image


RM-36







embedded image


RM-37







embedded image


RM-38







embedded image


RM-39







embedded image


RM-40







embedded image


RM-41







embedded image


RM-42







embedded image


RM-43







embedded image


RM-44







embedded image


RM-45







embedded image


RM-46







embedded image


RM-47







embedded image


RM-48







embedded image


RM-49







embedded image


RM-50







embedded image


RM-51







embedded image


RM-52







embedded image


RM-53







embedded image


RM-54







embedded image


RM-55







embedded image


RM-56







embedded image


RM-57







embedded image


RM-58







embedded image


RM-59







embedded image


RM-60







embedded image


RM-61







embedded image


RM-62







embedded image


RM-63







embedded image


RM-64







embedded image


RM-65







embedded image


RM-66







embedded image


RM-67







embedded image


RM-68







embedded image


RM-69







embedded image


RM-70







embedded image


RM-71







embedded image


RM-72







embedded image


RM-73







embedded image


RM-74







embedded image


RM-75







embedded image


RM-76







embedded image


RM-77







embedded image


RM-78







embedded image


RM-79







embedded image


RM-80







embedded image


RM-81







embedded image


RM-82







embedded image


RM-83







embedded image


RM-84







embedded image


RM-85







embedded image


RM-86







embedded image


RM-87







embedded image


RM-88







embedded image


RM-89







embedded image


RM-90







embedded image


RM-91







embedded image


RM-92







embedded image


RM-93







embedded image


RM-94







embedded image


RM-95







embedded image


RM-96







embedded image


RM-97







embedded image


RM-98







embedded image


RM-99







embedded image


RM-100







embedded image


RM-101







embedded image


RM-102







embedded image


RM-103







embedded image


RM-104







embedded image


RM-105







embedded image


RM-106







embedded image


RM-107







embedded image


RM-108







embedded image


RM-109







embedded image


RM-110







embedded image


RM-111







embedded image


RM-112







embedded image


RM-113







embedded image


RM-114







embedded image


RM-115







embedded image


RM-116







embedded image


RM-117







embedded image


RM-118







embedded image


RM-119







embedded image


RM-120







embedded image


RM-121







embedded image


RM-122







embedded image


RM-123







embedded image


RM-124







embedded image


RM-125







embedded image


RM-126







embedded image


RM-127







embedded image


RM-128







embedded image


RM-129







embedded image


RM-130







embedded image


RM-131







embedded image


RM-132







embedded image


RM-133







embedded image


RM-134







embedded image


RM-135







embedded image


RM-136







embedded image


RM-137







embedded image


RM-138







embedded image


RM-139







embedded image


RM-140







embedded image


RM-141







embedded image


RM-142







embedded image


RM-143







embedded image


RM-144







embedded image


RM-145







embedded image


RM-146







embedded image


RM-147







embedded image


RM-148







embedded image


RM-149







embedded image


RM-150







embedded image


RM-151







embedded image


RM-152







embedded image


RM-153







embedded image


RM-154







embedded image


RM-155







embedded image


RM-156







embedded image


RM-157







embedded image


RM-158







embedded image


RM-159







embedded image


RM-160







embedded image


RM-161







embedded image


RM-162







embedded image


RM-163







embedded image


RM-164







embedded image


RM-165







embedded image


RM-166







embedded image


RM-167







embedded image


RM-168







embedded image


RM-169







embedded image


RM-170







embedded image


RM-171







embedded image


RM-172







embedded image


RM-173







embedded image


RM-174







embedded image


RM-175







embedded image


RM-176







embedded image


RM-177







embedded image


RM-178







embedded image


RM-179







embedded image


RM-180







embedded image


RM-181







embedded image


RM-182







embedded image


RM-183









In a preferred embodiment, the mixtures according to the invention comprise one or more polymerizable compounds, preferably selected from the polymerizable compounds of the Formulae RM-1 to RM-182. Of these, compounds RM-1, RM-4, RM-8, RM-17, RM-19, RM-35, RM-37, RM-39, RM-40, RM-41, RM-48, RM-52, RM-54, RM-57, RM-58, RM-64, RM-74, RM-76, RM-88, RM-91, RM-102, RM-103, RM-109, RM-116, RM-117, RM-120, RM-121, RM-122, RM-139, RM-140, RM-142, RM-143, RM-145, RM-146, RM-147, RM-149, RM-156 to RM-163, RM-169, RM-170 and RM-171 to RM-183 are particularly preferred.









TABLE I





Table I shows self-alignment additives for vertical alignment which can be used in


LC media for SA-FFS, SA-HB-FFS and SA-XB-FFS displays according to the


present invention:




















embedded image


SA-1








embedded image


SA-2








embedded image


SA-3








embedded image


SA-4








embedded image


SA-5








embedded image


SA-6








embedded image


SA-7








embedded image


SA-8








embedded image


SA-9








embedded image


SA-10








embedded image


SA-11








embedded image


SA-12








embedded image


SA-13








embedded image


SA-14








embedded image


SA-15








embedded image


SA-16








embedded image


SA-17








embedded image


SA-18








embedded image


SA-19








embedded image


SA-20








embedded image


SA-21








embedded image


SA-22








embedded image


SA-23








embedded image


SA-24








embedded image


SA-25








embedded image


SA-26








embedded image


SA-27








embedded image


SA-28








embedded image


SA-29








embedded image


SA-30








embedded image


SA-31








embedded image


SA-32








embedded image


SA-33








embedded image


SA-34








embedded image


SA-35








embedded image


SA-36








embedded image


SA-37








embedded image


SA-38








embedded image


SA-39








embedded image


SA-40








embedded image


SA-41








embedded image


SA-42








embedded image


SA-43








embedded image


SA-44








embedded image


SA-45








embedded image


SA-46








embedded image


SA-47








embedded image


SA-48









In a preferred embodiment, the LC media, SA-VA and SA-FFS displays according to the present invention comprise one or more SA additives selected from Formulae SA-1 to SA-48, preferably from Formulae SA-14 to SA-48, very preferably from Formulae SA-20 to SA-34 and SA-44, in combination with one or more RMs.


In a preferred embodiment, the LC media, SA-FFS, SA-HB-FFS and SA-XB-FFS displays according to the present invention comprise one or more SA additives selected from Formulae SA-1 to SA-34, preferably from Formulae SA-14 to SA-34, very preferably from Formulae SA-20 to SA-28, most preferably of the Formula SA-20, in combination with one or more RMs of the Formula LP1 and/or LP2. Very preferred is a combination of polymerizable compound 1, 2 or 3 of Example 1 below, very preferably of polymerizable compound 3 of Example 1, with an SA additive of the Formula SA-20 to SA-28, very preferably of the Formula SA-20.


The following mixture examples are intended to explain the invention without limiting it.


Above and below, percentage data denote percent by weight. All temperatures are indicated in degrees Celsius. m.p. denotes melting point, cl.p.=clearing point. Furthermore, C=crystalline state, N=nematic phase, S=smectic phase and I=isotropic phase. The data between these symbols represent the transition temperatures. Furthermore, the following symbols are used

    • V0 Freedericks threshold voltage, capacitive [V] at 20° C.,
    • V10 voltage [V] for 10% transmission,
    • ne extraordinary refractive index measured at 20° C. and 589 nm,
    • n0 ordinary refractive index measured at 20° C. and 589 nm,
    • Δn optical anisotropy measured at 20° C. and 589 nm,
    • ε dielectric susceptibility (or “dielectric constant”) perpendicular to the to the longitudinal axes of the molecules at 20° C. and 1 kHz,
    • ε∥ dielectric susceptibility (or “dielectric constant”) parallel to the to the longitudinal axes of the molecules at 20° C. and 1 kHz,
    • Δε dielectric anisotropy at 20° C. and 1 kHz,
    • cl.p. or
    • T(N,I) clearing point [° C.],
    • v flow viscosity measured at 20° C. [mm2·s−1],
    • γ1 rotational viscosity measured at 20° C. [mPa·s],
    • K1 elastic constant, “splay” deformation at 20° C. [pN],
    • K2 elastic constant twist deformation at 20° C. [pN],
    • K3 elastic constant, bend deformation at 20 C [pN], and
    • VHR voltage holding ratio.


All physical properties are determined in accordance with “Merck Liquid Crystals, Physical Properties of Liquid Crystals”, status November 1997, Merck KGaA, Germany, and apply for a temperature of 20 OC, unless explicitly indicated otherwise.


Examples
Base Mixture M1

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
CDUQU-3-F
6.0
T(N, I) =
110.1° C.


 2
DPGU-4-F
3.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1108


 3
PGUQU-4-F
7.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
8.9


 4
CCP-30CF3
8.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
3.1


 5
CCP-40CF3
4.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
5.8


 6
CCP-50CF3
3.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
17.7


 7
CCP-V-1
18.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.7


 8
CCP-V2-1
9.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.84


 9
CLP-3-T
4.5
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
112


10
PGP-2-2V
6.5
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =
1000


11
CC-3-V1
8.0




12
CCH-301
10.0




13
CCH-303
3.0




14
PCH-301
10.0









Mixture Example S1

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M1
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm












embedded image


Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M1 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M1.


Mixture Example S1a (Reference Example)

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M1
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula BHT-1
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm












embedded image


Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M1 to a lesser extent in comparison to Mixture Example S1.


Mixture Example S1b (Reference Example)

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M1
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula BHT-6
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm












embedded image


Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M1 to a lesser extent in comparison to Mixture Example S1.


Mixture Example S1c (Reference Example)

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M1
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula BHT-7
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm












embedded image


Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M1 to a lesser extent in comparison to Mixture Example S1.


Base Mixture M2

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
CCGU-3-F
4.0
T(N, I) =
109.1° C.


 2
CDUQU-3-F
7.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1242


 3
CPGP-5-2
2.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
9.4


 4
PGUQU-3-F
2.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
3.2


 5
PGUQU-4-F
6.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
6.2


 6
CCP-30CF3
5.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
17.5


 7
CCP-40CF3
4.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.8


 8
CCP-V-1
14.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.76


 9
CCP-V2-1
8.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =



10
CCQU-3-F
3.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
CLP-3-T
3.0




12
PGP-2-2V
6.5




13
PGP-3-2V
3.0




14
CC-3-V1
8.5




15
CCH-301
10.0




16
PCH-301
10.0




17
PP-1-2V1
4.0









Mixture Example S2

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M2
99.83 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 200 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M2 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M2.


Base Mixture M3

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
CDUQU-3-F
5.5
T(N, I) =
114.9° C.


 2
CPGP-5-2
1.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1201


 3
CPGU-3-OT
5.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
9.8


 4
DGUQU-4-F
3.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
3.0


 5
PGUQU-3-F
3.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
6.8


 6
PGUQU-4-F
5.5
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
19.1


 7
CCP-30CF3
4.5
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
20.3


 8
CCP-V-1
13.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.76


 9
CCP-V2-1
9.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =



10
CLP-3-T
3.5
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
PGP-1-2V
3.0




12
PGP-2-2V
6.0




13
CC-3-2V1
3.0




14
CC-3-V
24.5




15
CC-3-V1
9.5









Mixture Example S3

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M3
99.83 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 200 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M3 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M3.


Base Mixture M4

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:













Composition













Conc.,



Nr.
Comp.
wt.- %
Properties














1
CDUQU-3-F
2.5
T(N, I) =
114° C.


2
CPGP-5-2
1.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C. ]: =
 0.1198


3
CPGU-3-OT
6.0
ε|| [1 kHz, 20° C. ]: =
 9.9


4
DGUQU-4-F
4.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C. ]: =
 2.9


5
PGUQU-3-F
4.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
 6.9


6
PGUQU-4-F
5.0
K1 [pN, 20° C. ]: =
19.6


7
CCP-30CF3
5.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
20.4


8
CCP-V-1
11.5
V0 [V, 20° C. ]: =
 1.77


9
CCP-V2-1
9.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C. ]: =



10
CLP-3-T
5.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C. ]: =



11
PGP-1-2V
4.0




12
PGP-2-2V
4.0




13
CC-3-2V1
5.0




14
CC-3-V
25.0




15
CC-3-V1
8.0









Mixture Example S4

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M4
99.83 wt.- %




















Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
200
ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
500
ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1 000
ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M4 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M4.


Base Mixture M5

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:













Composition













Conc.,



Nr.
Comp.
wt.- %
Properties














1
CC-3-V1
11.0
T(N, I) =
95.5° C.


2
CCH-301
7.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C. ]: =
 0.1118


3
CCH-34
5.0
ε|| [1 kHz, 20° C. ]: =
 8.9


4
CCP-3-1
5.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C. ]: =
 3.0


5
CCP-3F.F.F
7.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
 5.9


6
CCP-30CF3
8.0
K1 [pN, 20° C. ]: =
 18.6


7
CCP-50CF3
5.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
 18.3


8
CCP-V-1
12.5
V0 [V, 20° C. ]: =
 1.87


9
CLP-3-T
8.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C. ]: =
105


10
PCH-302
10.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C. ]: =



11
PGP-2-3
3.5




12
PGUQU-3-F
5.0




13
PGUQU-4-F
7.5




14
PP-1-3
5.0









Mixture Example S5

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M5
99.84 wt.- %




















Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
100
ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
500
ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1 000
ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M5 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M5.


Base Mixture M6

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:













Composition













Conc.,



Nr.
Comp.
wt.- %
Properties














1
CC-3-V1
11.0
T(N, I) =
94.4° C.


2
CCH-301
8.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C. ]: =
 0.1110


3
CCH-34
5.0
ε|| [1 kHz, 20° C. ]: =
 8.9


4
CCP-3-1
5.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C. ]: =
 3.0


5
CCP-3F.F.F
7.5
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
 5.9


6
CCP-30CF3
8.0
K1 [pN, 20° C. ]: =
 18.3


7
CCP-50CF3
5.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
 18.0


8
CCP-V-1
12.0
V0 [V, 20° C. ]: =
 1.86


9
CLP-3-T
7.5
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C. ]: =
103


10
PCH-302
10.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C. ]: =



11
PGP-2-3
3.5




12
PGUQU-3-F
5.0




13
PGUQU-4-F
7.5




14
PP-1-3
5.0









Mixture Example S6

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M6
99.845 wt.- %




















Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
50
ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
500
ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1 000
ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M6 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M6.


Base Mixture M7

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:













Composition













Conc.,



Nr.
Comp.
wt.- %
Properties














1
CC-3-V
25.0
T(N, I) =
97.3 ° C.


2
CC-3-V1
7.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C. ]: =
 0.1113


3
CCP-3-1
6.0
ε|| [1 kHz, 20° C. ]: =
 8.7


4
CCP-30CF3
8.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C. ]: =
 2.9


5
CCP-50CF3
5.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
 5.9


6
CCP-V-1
10.5
K1 [pN, 20° C. ]: =
18.0


7
CLP-3-T
8.5
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.5


8
PCH-302
7.5
V0 [V, 20° C. ]: =
 1.84


9
PGP-2-3
5.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C. ]: =
89


10
PGUQU-3-F
8.5
LTS bulk [h, −20° C. ]: =



11
PGUQU-4-F
7.0




12
PP-1-3
1.5









Mixture Example S7

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M7
99.845 wt.- %




















Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
50
ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
500
ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1 000
ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M7 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M7.


Base Mixture M8

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:













Composition













Conc.,



Nr.
Comp.
wt.- %
Properties














1
CC-3-V
25.0
T(N, I) =
99.3° C.


2
CC-3-V1
7.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C. ]: =
   0.1119


3
CCGU-3-F
2.0
ε|| [1 kHz, 20° C. ]: =
   8.8


4
CCP-3-1
6.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C. ]: =
   2.9


5
CCP-30CF3
8.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
   5.9


6
CCP-50CF3
5.0
K1 [pN, 20° C. ]: =
  17.9


7
CCP-V-1
9.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
  18.6


8
CLP-3-T
7.5
V0 [V, 20° C. ]: =
   1.83


9
PCH-302
9.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C. ]: =
  93


10
PGP-2-3
6.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C. ]: =
1 000


11
PGUQU-3-F
8.0




12
PGUQU-4-F
7.0









Mixture Example S8

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M8
99.84 wt.- %




















Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
100
ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
500
ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1 000
ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M8 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M8.


Base Mixture M9

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:













Composition













Conc.,



Nr.
Comp.
wt.- %
Properties














1
CC-3-V
25.5
T(N, I) =
98.5° C.


2
CC-3-V1
5.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C. ]: =
 0.1114


3
CCP-3-1
5.5
ε|| [1 kHz, 20° C. ]: =
 8.8


4
CCP-30CF3
8.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C. ]: =
 2.9


5
CCP-50CF3
5.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
 5.9


6
CCP-V-1
11.5
K1 [pN, 20° C. ]: =
17.9


7
CLP-3-T
9.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.6


8
PCH-302
9.5
V0 [V, 20° C. ]: =
 1.83


9
PGP-2-3
5.5
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C. ]: =
92


10
PGUQU-3-F
8.5
LTS bulk [h, −20° C. ]: =



11
PGUQU-4-F
7.0











Mixture Example S9

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M9
99.84 wt.- %




















Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
100
ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
500
ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1 000
ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M9 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M9.


Base Mixture M10

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:













Composition













Conc.,



Nr.
Comp.
wt.- %
Properties














1
APUQU-2-F
6.0
T(N, I) =
77° C.


2
APUQU-3-F
7.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C. ]: =
 0.1108


3
PGUQU-3-F
7.5
ε|| [1 kHz, 20° C. ]: =
16.7


4
PGUQU-4-F
6.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C. ]: =
 3.6


5
PGUQU-5-F
5.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
13.1


6
CCP-30CF3
4.5
K1 [pN, 20° C. ]: =
12.5


7
CCP-3F.F.F
4.5
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
13.4


8
CCQU-3-F
1.5
V0 [V, 20° C. ]: =
 1.03


9
CLP-3-T
4.5
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C. ]: =
81


10
PGP-2-4
3.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C. ]: =



11
PUQU-3-F
5.5




12
CC-3-V
36.0




13
CC-3-V1
8.0











Mixture Example S10

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M10
99.84 wt.- %




















Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
100
ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
500
ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1 000
ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M10 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M10.


Base Mixture M11

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:













Composition













Conc.,



Nr.
Comp.
wt.- %
Properties














1
APUQU-2-F
6.0
T(N, I) =
76° C.


2
APUQU-3-F
2.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C. ]: =
 0.1112


3
PGUQU-3-F
8.0
ε|| [1 kHz, 20° C. ]: =
16.6


4
PGUQU-4-F
7.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C. ]: =
 3.6


5
PGUQU-5-F
5.5
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
12.9


6
CCP-30CF3
5.5
K1 [pN, 20° C. ]: =
12.3


7
CCP-3F.F.F
4.5
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
13.2


8
CCQU-3-F
4.0
V0 [V, 20° C. ]: =
 1.02


9
CLP-3-T
6.5
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C. ]: =
81


10
PGP-2-4
2.5
LTS bulk [h, −20° C. ]: =



11
PUQU-3-F
7.0




12
CC-3-V
36.0




13
CC-3-V1
5.0









Mixture Example S11

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows: Mixture M11 99.84 wt.-% Compound of the Formula ST-1-3 100 ppm
















Mixture M11
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M11 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M11.


Base Mixture M12

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
CCGU-3-F
3.5
T(N, I) =
106.7° C.


 2
PGUQU-3-F
6.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1105


 3
PGUQU-4-F
6.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
9.5


 4
PGUQU-5-F
3.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
2.8


 5
CCP-30CF3
6.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
6.6


 6
CCP-40CF3
5.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.5


 7
CCP-V-1
11.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
19.6


 8
CCP-V2-1
6.5
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.76


 9
CCQU-3-F
2.5
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
101


10
CLP-3-T
7.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
PGP-2-3
4.5




12
CC-3-2V1
1.5




13
CC-3-V
21.0




14
CC-3-V1
10.5




15
CCH-23
5.0









Mixture Example S12

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows: Mixture M12 99.84 wt.-%
















Mixture M12
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M12 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M12.


Base Mixture M13

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
CCGU-3-F
5.0
T(N, I) =
110.1° C.


 2
CPGP-5-2
1.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1095


 3
DGUQU-4-F
5.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
9.4


 4
PGUQU-3-F
1.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
2.9


 5
PGUQU-4-F
7.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
6.5


 6
CCP-30CF3
6.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.8


 7
CCP-40CF3
5.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
19.7


 8
CCP-V-1
11.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.78


 9
CCP-V2-1
5.5
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
104


10
CCQU-3-F
2.5
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
CLP-3-T
7.0




12
PGP-2-3
6.0




13
CC-3-V
26.0




14
CC-3-V1
11.0









Mixture Example S13

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M13
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M13 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M13.


Base Mixture M14

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:













Composition













Conc.,



Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
CCGU-3-F
4.0
T(N, I) =
106.9° C.


 2
CPGP-5-2
1.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1083


 3
DGUQU-4-F
2.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
9.4


 4
PGUQU-3-F
8.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
2.8


 5
PGUQU-4-F
7.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
6.6


 6
CCP-30CF3
5.5
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.3


 7
CCP-V-1
11.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
20.3


 8
CCP-V2-1
9.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.76


 9
CLP-3-T
8.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
101


10
PGP-2-3
2.5
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
CC-3-2V1
1.5




12
CC-3-V
25.0




13
CC-3-V1
11.0




14
CCH-23
4.0









Mixture Example S14

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M14
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M14 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M14.


Base Mixture M15

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
CDUQU-3-F
5.5
T(N, I) =
95.2° C.


 2
CPGP-5-2
1.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1115


 3
DGUQU-4-F
3.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
8.6


 4
PGUQU-3-F
7.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
2.9


 5
CCP-30CF3
6.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
5.8


 6
CCP-40CF3
5.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.1


 7
CCP-V-1
13.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.4


 8
CLP-3-T
5.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.86


 9
PGP-2-2V
5.5
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
80


10
CC-3-2V1
4.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
CC-3-V
26.0




12
CC-3-V1
10.0




13
PP-1-2V1
8.0









Mixture Example S15

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M15
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M15 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M15.


Base Mixture M16

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
CCGU-3-F
3.5
T(N, I) =
99.5° C.


 2
CDUQU-3-F
2.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1107


 3
PGUQU-3-F
4.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
8.7


 4
PGUQU-4-F
5.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
2.8


 5
CCP-30CF3
6.5
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
5.9


 6
CCP-40CF3
1.5
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.0


 7
CCP-V-1
14.5
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
19.3


 8
CCP-V2-1
5.5
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.85


 9
CCQU-3-F
8.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =



10
CLP-3-T
6.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
PGP-2-3
3.0




12
CC-3-V
26.0




13
CC-3-V1
5.0




14
PP-1-2V1
8.5









Mixture Example S16

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M16
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M16 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M16.


Base Mixture M17

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
PGUQU-3-F
8.0
T(N, I) =
94.4° C.


 2
PGUQU-4-F
6.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1115


 3
CCP-30CF3
6.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
8.6


 4
CCP-40CF3
4.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
2.8


 5
CCP-50CF3
5.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
5.9


 6
CCP-V-1
13.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.2


 7
CCQU-3-F
3.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.3


 8
CLP-3-T
7.5
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.85


 9
PGP-2-3
3.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
79


10
CC-3-V
26.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
CC-3-V1
10.0




12
PP-1-2V1
8.0









Mixture Example S17

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M17
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M17 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M17.


Base Mixture M18

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
CPGP-5-2
1.5
T(N, I) =
101.4° C.


 2
PGUQU-3-F
8.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1114


 3
PGUQU-4-F
5.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
8.7


 4
CCP-30CF3
6.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
2.8


 5
CCP-40CF3
5.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
5.9


 6
CCP-50CF3
5.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.1


 7
CCP-V-1
13.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.1


 8
CCQU-3-F
5.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.84


 9
CLP-3-T
6.5
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
88


10
PGP-2-3
6.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
CC-3-V
26.0




12
CC-3-V1
10.0




13
PP-1-3
2.5









Mixture Example S18

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M18
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M18 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M18.


Base Mixture M19

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
CCGU-3-F
3.5
T(N, I) =
101.7° C.


 2
CDUQU-3-F
1.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1111


 3
PGUQU-3-F
7.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
8.7


 4
PGUQU-4-F
5.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
2.8


 5
CCP-30CF3
6.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
5.9


 6
CCP-40CF3
5.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
17.5


 7
CCP-V-1
13.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.8


 8
CCP-V2-1
4.5
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.81


 9
CCQU-3-F
6.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
87


10
CLP-3-T
3.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =
1000


11
PGP-2-3
5.5




12
CC-3-V
26.0




13
CC-3-V1
9.5




14
PP-1-2V1
4.5









Mixture Example S19

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M19
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M19 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M19.


Base Mixture M20

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
CCGU-3-F
5.5
T(N, I) =
110.6° C.


 2
CPGP-5-2
2.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1102


 3
DGUQU-4-F
5.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
9.5


 4
PGUQU-3-F
2.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
2.9


 5
PGUQU-4-F
7.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
6.6


 6
CCP-30CF3
6.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.8


 7
CCP-40CF3
5.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
19.8


 8
CCP-V-1
10.5
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.78


 9
CCP-V2-1
6.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
106


10
CLP-3-T
7.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
PGP-2-3
5.5




12
CC-3-V
25.5




13
CC-3-V1
11.0




14
CCH-23
1.5









Mixture Example S20

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M20
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M20 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M20.


Base Mixture M21

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
CCGU-3-F
3.0
T(N, I) =
106.7° C.


 2
CPGP-5-2
1.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1093


 3
PGUQU-3-F
8.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
9.5


 4
PGUQU-4-F
7.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
2.8


 5
PGUQU-5-F
3.5
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
6.7


 6
CCP-30CF3
6.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.6


 7
CCP-V-1
11.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
20.5


 8
CCP-V2-1
9.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.75


 9
CLP-3-T
8.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
103


10
PGP-2-3
1.5
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
CC-3-2V1
2.5




12
CC-3-V
21.5




13
CC-3-V1
11.0




14
CCH-23
6.5









Mixture Example S21

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M21
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M21 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M21.


Base Mixture M22

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
CCGU-3-F
2.5
T(N, I) =
107.5° C.


 2
CPGP-5-2
1.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1103


 3
DGUQU-4-F
2.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
9.5


 4
PGUQU-3-F
5.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
2.9


 5
PGUQU-4-F
5.5
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
6.6


 6
PGUQU-5-F
2.5
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
19.1


 7
CCP-30CF3
6.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
19.3


 8
CCP-40CF3
4.5
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.79


 9
CCP-V-1
10.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
103


10
CCP-V2-1
7.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
CCQU-3-F
3.0




12
CLP-3-T
8.0




13
PGP-2-3
5.0




14
CC-3-V
19.5




15
CC-3-V1
10.0




16
CCH-23
7.5









Mixture Example S22

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M22
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M22 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M22.


Base Mixture M23

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
PGUQU-3-F
6.0
T(N, I) =
96.5° C.


 2
PGUQU-4-F
8.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1105


 3
PGUQU-5-F
5.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
9.9


 4
CCP-30CF3
6.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
4.0


 5
CCP-V-1
11.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
6.0


 6
CLP-3-T
8.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.1


 7
PGP-2-3
1.5
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
17.9


 8
CC-3-2V1
5.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.83


 9
CC-3-V
17.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
105


10
CC-3-V1
8.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
CCH-23
10.0




12
B(S)-2O-O5
2.0




13
CCY-3-O2
5.5




14
CPY-3-O2
4.5




15
Y-4O-O4
2.0









Mixture Example S23

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M23
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M23 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M23.


Base Mixture M24

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
CC-3-V
25.0
T(N, I) =
98.4° C.


 2
CC-3-V1
7.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1108


 3
CCGU-3-F
2.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
8.8


 4
CCP-3-1
6.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
2.9


 5
CCP-30CF3
8.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
5.9


 6
CCP-50CF3
5.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
17.5


 7
CCP-V-1
9.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.1


 8
CLP-3-T
7.5
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.87


 9
PCH-302
9.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
95


10
PGP-2-3
6.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =
1000


11
PGUQU(1)-3-F
8.0




12
PGUQU-4-F
7.0











embedded image


Mixture Example S24

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M24
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M24 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M24.


Base Mixture M25

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:













Composition













Conc.,



Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
CC-3-V
25.0
T(N, I) =
98.6° C.


 2
CC-3-V1
7.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1113


 3
CCGU-3-F
2.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
9.1


 4
CCP-3-1
6.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
2.9


 5
CCP-30CF3
8.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
5.8


 6
CCP-50CF3
5.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =



 7
CCP-V-1
9.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =



 8
CLP-3-T
7.5
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.88


 9
PCH-302
9.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
93


10
PGP-2-3
6.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =
1000


11
PGUQU-3-F
8.0




12
PGUQU-(c3)1-F
7.0











embedded image


Mixture Example S25

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M25
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M25 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M25.


Base Mixture M26

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
CC-3-V
25.0
T(N, I) =
99.6° C.


 2
CC-3-V1
7.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1112


 3
CCGU-3-F
2.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
9.0


 4
CCP-3-1
6.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
3.0


 5
CCP-30CF3
8.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
6.0


 6
CCP-50CF3
5.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =



 7
CCP-V-1
9.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =



 8
CLP-3-T
7.5
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.86


 9
PCH-302
9.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
94


10
PGP-2-3
6.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =
1000


11
PGUQU-3-F
7.0




12
PGUQU-4-F
3.0




13
PGUQU-(c5)-F
5.0











embedded image


Mixture Example S26

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M26
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M26 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M26.


Base Mixture M27

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
PGUQU-3-F
6.0
T(N, I) =
96.9° C.


 2
PGUQU-4-F
8.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1102


 3
PGUQU-5-F
5.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
9.9


 4
CCP-30CF3
6.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
4.0


 5
CCP-V-1
11.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
6.0


 6
CLP-3-T
8.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
17.9


 7
PGP-2-3
1.5
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
17.7


 8
CC-3-2V1
5.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.83


 9
CC-3-V
17.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
105


10
CC-3-V1
8.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
CCH-23
10.0




12
B(S)-(c5)1O-O2
2.0




13
CCY-3-O2
5.5




14
CPY-3-O2
4.5




15
Y-4O-O4
2.0











embedded image


Mixture Example S27

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M27
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M27 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M27.


Base Mixture M28

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
PGUQU-3-F
6.0
T(N, I) =
97.2° C.


 2
PGUQU-4-F
8.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1103


 3
PGUQU-5-F
5.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
9.9


 4
CCP-30CF3
6.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
4.0


 5
CCP-V-1
11.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
6.0


 6
CLP-3-T
8.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
17.7


 7
PGP-2-3
1.5
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
17.6


 8
CC-3-2V1
5.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.83


 9
CC-3-V
17.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
104


10
CC-3-V1
8.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
CCH-23
10.0




12
B(S)-(c3)1O-O2
2.0




13
CCY-3-O2
5.5




14
CPY-3-O2
4.5




15
Y-4O-O4
2.0











embedded image


Mixture Example S28

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M28
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M28 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M28.


Base Mixture M29

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
CDUQU-3-F
7.0
T(N, I) =
93° C.


 2
CPGP-4-3
1.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1112


 3
DGUQU-4-F
2.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
9.9


 4
PGUQU-3-F
4.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
4.0


 5
PGUQU-4-F
5.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
5.8


 6
CCP-30CF3
6.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.4


 7
CCP-V-1
9.5
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.0


 8
CLP-3-T
8.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.87


 9
CC-3-V
19.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
101


10
CC-3-V1
8.5
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
CCH-23
7.5




12
PP-1-2V1
8.0




13
B(S)-2O-O5
2.0




14
CCY-3-O2
4.5




15
CPY-3-O2
5.5




16
Y-4O-O4
1.5









Mixture Example S29

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M29
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M29 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M29.


Base Mixture M30

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
DGUQU-4-F
1.5
T(N, I) =
98.6° C.


 2
PGUQU-3-F
6.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1112


 3
PGUQU-4-F
8.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
10.0


 4
PGUQU-5-F
3.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
4.1


 5
CCP-30CF3
6.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
5.9


 6
CCP-V-1
10.5
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.9


 7
CCP-V2-1
1.5
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
17.8


 8
CLP-3-T
8.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.87


 9
CC-3-2V1
3.5
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
104


10
CC-3-V
26.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
CC-3-V1
10.0




12
CCH-23
4.0




13
COB(S)-2-O4
8.0




14
LB-3-T
4.0









Mixture Example S30

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M30
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M30 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M30.


Base Mixture M31

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
PGUQU-3-F
6.0
T(N, I) =
96.5° C.


 2
PGUQU-5-F
4.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1127


 3
CCP-30CF3
6.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
9.8


 4
CCP-40CF3
4.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
4.0


 5
CCP-50CF3
5.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
5.8


 6
CCP-V-1
11.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.8


 7
CCQU-3-F
7.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
17.3


 8
CLP-3-T
8.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.89


 9
CC-3-V
26.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
108


10
CCH-23
4.5
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
PP-1-2V1
2.5




12
LB(S)-3-OT
5.5




13
LB-3-T
10.0









Mixture Example S31

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M31
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M31 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M31.


Base Mixture M32

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
CDUQU-3-F
10.0
T(N, I) =
85.2° C.


 2
CPGP-5-2
1.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1116


 3
DGUQU-4-F
5.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
10.3


 4
PGUQU-4-F
4.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
4.4


 5
CCP-V2-1
2.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
5.8


 6
CLP-3-T
8.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.6


 7
CLP-V-1
8.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
17.9


 8
CC-3-2V1
8.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.88


 9
CC-3-V
19.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
85.2


10
CC-3-V1
8.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
PP-1-2V1
10.0




12
CCY-3-O2
4.5




13
CPY-3-O2
5.5




14
Y-4O-O4
6.0









Mixture Example S32

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M32
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M32 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M32.


Base Mixture M33

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
CDUQU-3-F
10.0
T(N, I) =
87.9° C.


 2
CPGP-5-2
1.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1107


 3
DGUQU-4-F
5.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
10.7


 4
PGUQU-3-F
5.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
4.9


 5
CCP-V2-1
2.5
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
5.8


 6
CLP-3-T
8.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.8


 7
CLP-V-1
4.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
17.5


 8
CC-3-2V1
8.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.89


 9
CC-3-V
27.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =



10
CC-3-V1
8.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
PP-1-2V1
4.5




12
Y-4O-O4
2.5




13
B(S)-2O-O4
4.0




14
B(S)-2O-O5
4.0




15
CPY-3-O2
5.5









Mixture Example S33

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M33
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M33 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M33.


Base Mixture M34

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
CDUQU-3-F
10.0
T(N, I) =
84.8° C.


 2
CPGP-5-2
1.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1117


 3
DGUQU-4-F
5.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
10.4


 4
PGUQU-4-F
5.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
4.5


 5
CCP-V-1
3.5
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
5.9


 6
CLP-3-T
7.5
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.4


 7
CLP-V-1
5.5
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
17.8


 8
CC-3-2V1
8.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.85


 9
CC-3-V
15.5
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =



10
CC-3-V1
10.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
CCH-23
1.5




12
PP-1-2V1
10.0




13
CCY-3-O2
5.0




14
CPY-3-O2
6.0









Mixture Example S34

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M34
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M34 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M34.


Base Mixture M35

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
CDUQU-3-F
8.0
T(N, I) =
87.8° C.


 2
CPGP-5-2
1.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1115


 3
DGUQU-4-F
4.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
10.3


 4
PGUQU-3-F
4.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
4.5


 5
PGUQU-4-F
2.5
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
5.8


 6
CCP-30CF3
6.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
19.0


 7
CCP-V2-1
3.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.1


 8
CLP-3-T
6.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.91


 9
CLP-V-1
2.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =



10
CC-3-2V1
8.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
CC-3-V
15.5




12
CC-3-V1
8.0




13
CCH-23
4.5




14
PP-1-2V1
9.5




15
B(S)-2O-O5
2.0




16
CCY-3-O2
5.0




17
CPY-3-O2
6.0




18
Y-4O-O4
4.0









Mixture Example S35

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M35
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M35 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M35.


Base Mixture M36

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
CDUQU-3-F
8.0
T(N, I) =
86.7° C.


 2
CPGP-5-2
1.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1120


 3
DGUQU-4-F
5.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
10.3


 4
PGUQU-3-F
6.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
4.5


 5
CCP-30CF3
5.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
5.8


 6
CCP-V2-1
3.5
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.7


 7
CLP-3-T
6.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
17.9


 8
CLP-V-1
2.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.89


 9
CC-3-2V1
7.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
99


10
CC-3-V
16.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =
1000


11
CC-3-V1
8.0




12
CCH-23
5.0




13
PP-1-2V1
10.0




14
B(S)-2O-O5
2.0




15
CCY-3-O2
5.0




16
CPY-3-O2
6.0




17
Y-40-O4
4.0









Mixture Example S36

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M36
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M36 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M36.


Base Mixture M37

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
CC-3-2V1
3.0
T(N, I) =
105.7° C.


 2
CC-3-V
26.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1107


 3
CC-3-V1
11.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
9.5


 4
CCP-30CF3
6.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
2.9


 5
CCP-40CF3
4.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
6.7


 6
CCP-V-1
11.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
19.0


 7
CCP-V2-1
6.5
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
19.8


 8
CLP-3-T
9.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.78


 9
CPGP-5-2
1.5
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
98


10
DGUQU-4-F
3.5
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =













11
PGP-2-3
4.5





12
PGUQU-3-F
6.0





13
PGUQU-4-F
8.0









Mixture Example S37

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M37
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M37 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M37.


Base Mixture M38

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
CC-3-V
26.0
T(N, I) =
98.9° C.


 2
CC-3-V1
11.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1107


 3
CCGU-3-F
2.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
8.7


 4
CCP-3F.F.F
7.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
2.8


 5
CCP-30CF3
6.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
5.9


 6
CCP-40CF3
1.5
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
17.7


 7
CCP-50CF3
5.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.6


 8
CCP-V-1
12.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.83


 9
CLP-3-T
7.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
89


10
PGP-2-3
2.5
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =
1000


11
PGP-2-5
4.0




12
PGUQU-3-F
8.0




13
PGUQU-4-F
4.0




14
PP-1-2V1
3.5









Mixture Example S38

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M38
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M38 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M38.


Base Mixture M39

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
CC-3-V
47.0
T(N, I) =
75° C.


 2
CC-3-V1
4.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1343


 3
CLP-3-T
7.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
5.7


 4
PGP-1-2V
5.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
2.7


 5
PGP-2-2V
10.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
3.0


 6
PGU-2-F
1.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
15.8


 7
PGUQU-3-F
4.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
13.5


 8
PGUQU-4-F
2.5
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
2.43


 9
PP-1-2V1
7.5
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
49


10
PPGU-3-F
1.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =
1000


11
PUS-3-2
10.0











Mixture Example S39

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M39
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M39 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M39.


Base Mixture M40

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
CC-3-V
25.0
T(N, I) =
100.9° C.


 2
CC-3-V1
3.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1111


 3
CCP-3-1
6.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
8.8


 4
CCP-3F.F.F
2.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
2.9


 5
CCP-30CF3
8.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
5.9


 6
CCP-50CF3
5.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
17.7


 7
CCP-V-1
14.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.9


 8
CLP-3-T
8.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.81


 9
PCH-302
9.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
95


10
PGP-2-3
5.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =
1000


11
PGUQU-3-F
8.0




12
PGUQU-4-F
7.0









Mixture Example S40

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M40
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M40 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M40.


Base Mixture M41

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
CC-3-V
24.5
T(N, I) =
101.2° C.


 2
CC-3-V1
3.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1115


 3
CCP-3-1
5.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
8.8


 4
CCP-3F.F.F
6.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
2.9


 5
CCP-30CF3
8.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
5.9


 6
CCP-50CF3
5.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
17.9


 7
CCP-V-1
12.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.5


 8
CLP-3-T
8.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.83


 9
PCH-302
7.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =



10
PGP-2-3
7.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
PGUQU-3-F
6.0




12
PGUQU-4-F
7.0









Mixture Example S41

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M41
99.84 wt.-%




















Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
100
ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
500
ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1 000
ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M41 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M41.


Base Mixture M42

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:













Composition











Nr.
Comp.
Conc., wt.-%
Properties













1
APUQU-3-F
2.5
T(N, I) = 101.4° C.


2
BCH-3F.F
5.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: = 0.1113


3
CC-3-V
31.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: = 9.4


4
CC-3-V1
8.0
ε[1 kHz, 20° C.]: = 3.5


5
CCP-3-1
7.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: = 5.9


6
CCP-3-3
6.5
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: = 18.1


7
CCP-30CF3
8.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: = 18.8


8
CLP-3-T
5.5
V0 [V, 20° C.]: = 1.85


9
CPY-3-O2
10.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: = 99


10
PGUQU-3-F
8.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =


11
PGUQU-4-F
7.0



12
PP-1-2V1
1.5









Mixture Example S42

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M42
99.84 wt.-%




















Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
100
ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
500
ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1 000
ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M42 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M42.


Base Mixture M43

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:













Composition











Nr.
Comp.
Conc., wt.-%
Properties













1
BCH-3F.F
6.5
T(N, I) = 100° C.


2
CC-3-V
32.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: = 0.1114


3
CC-3-V1
7.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: = 9.3


4
CCP-3-1
7.0
ε[1 kHz, 20° C.]: = 3.5


5
CCP-3-3
4.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: = 5.8


6
CCP-30CF3
8.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: = 18.0


7
CLP-3-T
8.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: = 18.9


8
CPY-3-O2
10.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: = 1.85


9
PGUQU-3-F
6.5
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: = 97


10
PGUQU-4-F
8.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =


11
PGUQU-5-F
1.5



12
PP-1-2V1
1.0









Mixture Example S43

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M38
99.84 wt.-%




















Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
100
ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
500
ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1 000
ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M43 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M43.


Base Mixture M44

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:













Composition











Nr.
Comp.
Conc., wt.-%
Properties













1
CC-3-V
34.5
T(N, I) = 102.3° C.


2
CC-3-V1
5.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: = 0.1118


3
CCP-3-1
16.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: = 8.9


4
CCP-3-3
3.0
ε[1 kHz, 20° C.]: = 3.1


5
CCP-30CF3
8.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: = 5.8


6
CCY-3-O2
4.5
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: = 18.0


7
CLP-3-T
3.5
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: = 18.9


8
PGP-2-3
5.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: = 1.84


9
PGUQU-3-F
6.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: = 92


10
PGUQU-4-F
8.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: = 1 000


11
PGUQU-5-F
5.0



12
PP-1-2V1
1.5









Mixture Example S44

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M44
99.84 wt.-%




















Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
100
ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
500
ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1 000
ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M44 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M44.


Base Mixture M45

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:













Composition











Nr.
Comp.
Conc., wt.-%
Properties













1
CC-3-V
35.0
T(N, I) = 101.7° C.


2
CC-3-V1
3.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: = 0.1107


3
CCH-301
2.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: = 8.9


4
CCP-3-1
15.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: = 3.1


5
CCP-3-3
4.5
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: = 5.8


6
CCP-30CF3
7.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: = 18.1


7
CLP-3-T
6.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: = 18.5


8
CPY-3-O2
4.5
V0 [V, 20° C.]: = 1.86


9
PGP-2-3
4.5
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: = 92


10
PGUQU-3-F
6.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =


11
PGUQU-4-F
8.0



12
PGUQU-5-F
4.0









Mixture Example S45

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M45
99.84 wt.-%




















Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
100
ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
500
ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1 000
ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M45 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M45.


Base Mixture M46

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:













Composition











Nr.
Comp.
Conc., wt.-%
Properties













1
BCH-32
6.5
T(N, I) = 99.7° C.


2
CC-3-V
27.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: = 0.1090


3
CC-3-V1
3.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: = 8.7


4
CCP-3-1
6.0
ε[1 kHz, 20° C.]: = 2.9


5
CCP-3-3
5.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: = 5.9


6
CCP-3F.F.F
1.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: = 17.5


7
CCP-V-1
10.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: = 18.4


8
CCPC-33
2.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: = 1.82


9
CLP-3-T
8.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: = 99


10
CLU-3-F
5.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =


11
PCH-302
10.0



12
PGUQU-3-F
7.0



13
PGUQU-4-F
7.0



14
PGUQU-5-F
2.0









Mixture Example S46

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M41
99.84 wt.-%




















Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
100
ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
500
ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1 000
ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M46 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M46.


Base Mixture M47

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:













Composition











Nr.
Comp.
Conc., wt.-%
Properties













1
BCH-32
3.0
T(N, I) = 99.9° C.


2
BCH-3F.F
8.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: = 0.1092


3
CC-3-V
25.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: = 8.7


4
CCP-3-1
6.0
ε[1 kHz, 20° C.]: = 3.0


5
CCP-3-3
5.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: = 5.7


6
CCP-V-1
7.5
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: = 17.5


7
CCPC-33
2.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: = 18.5


8
CCPC-34
2.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: = 1.84


9
CLP-3-T
8.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: = 112


10
CLU-3-F
11.5
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =


11
PCH-302
10.0



12
PGUQU-3-F
7.5



13
PGUQU-4-F
3.0



14
PP-1-2V1
1.5









Mixture Example S47

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M47
99.84 wt.-%




















Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
100
ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
500
ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1 000
ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M47 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M47.


Base Mixture M48

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:













Composition











Nr.
Comp.
Conc., wt.-%
Properties













1
BCH-32
4.5
T(N, I) = 100.9° C.


2
BCH-3F.F
10.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: = 0.1104


3
CC-3-V
24.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: = 8.9


4
CCH-35
4.0
ε[1 kHz, 20° C.]: = 3.0


5
CCP-3-1
6.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: = 5.9


6
CCP-3-3
5.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: = 18.1


7
CCP-V-1
5.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: = 18.4


8
CCPC-33
2.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: = 1.83


9
CCPC-34
2.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: = 111


10
CLP-3-T
8.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =


11
CLU-3-F
6.0



12
PCH-302
10.0



13
PGUQU-3-F
7.5



14
PGUQU-4-F
5.5



15
PP-1-2V1
0.5









Mixture Example S48

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M48
99.84 wt.-%




















Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
100
ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
500
ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1 000
ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M48 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M48.


Base Mixture M49

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
BCH-32
9.0
T(N, I) =
° C.


 2
CC-3-V
24.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =



 3
CC-3-V1
7.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =



 4
CCP-3-1
6.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =



 5
CCP-3-3
5.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =



 6
CCP-V-1
9.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =



 7
CCPC-33
1.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =



 8
CLP-3-T
6.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =



 9
CLU-3-F
6.5
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =



10
PCH-302
9.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
PGUQU-3-F
6.0




12
PGUQU-4-F
7.0




13
PGUQU-5-F
3.5









Mixture Example S49

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M49
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M49 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M49.


Base Mixture M50

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
BCH-32
7.0
T(N, I) =
100.2° C.


 2
CC-3-V
22.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1115


 3
CC-3-V1
8.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
8.7


 4
CCP-3-1
7.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
2.9


 5
CCP-3-3
5.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
5.8


 6
CCP-V-1
13.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
17.9


 7
CLP-3-T
6.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.8


 8
CLU-3-F
5.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.84


 9
PCH-302
10.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
97


10
PGUQU-3-F
6.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
PGUQU-4-F
7.0




12
PGUQU-5-F
4.0









Mixture Example S50

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M50
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M50 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M50.


Base Mixture M51

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
BCH-32
9.0
T(N, I) =
° C.


 2
BCH-3F.F
2.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =



 3
CC-3-V
28.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =



 4
CCP-3-1
7.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =



 5
CCP-3-3
3.5
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =



 6
CCP-V-1
12.5
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =



 7
CLP-3-T
8.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =



 8
CLU-3-F
9.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =



 9
PCH-302
7.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =



10
PGUQU-3-F
6.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
PGUQU-4-F
7.0




12
PGUQU-5-F
1.0









Mixture Example S51

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M51
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M51 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M51.


Base Mixture M52

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
BCH-32
8.0
T(N, I) =
100° C.


 2
CC-3-V
25.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1101


 3
CC-3-V1
4.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
8.7


 4
CCP-3-1
7.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
2.9


 5
CCP-3-3
4.5
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
5.9


 6
CCP-V-1
9.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
17.7


 7
CCPC-33
1.5
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.6


 8
CLP-3-T
6.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.82


 9
CLU-3-F
7.5
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
98


10
PCH-302
10.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
PGUQU-3-F
5.5




12
PGUQU-4-F
7.0




13
PGUQU-5-F
3.5









Mixture Example S52

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M52
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M52 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M52.


Base Mixture M53

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
BCH-32
8.0
T(N, I) =
° C.


 2
BCH-3F.F
0.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =



 3
CC-3-V
24.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =



 4
CC-3-V1
6.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =



 5
CCP-3-1
7.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =



 6
CCP-3-3
5.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =



 7
CCP-V-1
8.5
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =



 8
CCPC-33
1.5
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =



 9
CLP-3-T
6.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =



10
CLU-3-F
6.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
PCH-302
10.0




12
PGUQU-3-F
4.0




13
PGUQU-4-F
7.0




14
PGUQU-5-F
5.5









Mixture Example S53

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M53
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M53 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M53.


Base Mixture M54

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
BCH-32
7.5
T(N, I) =
° C.


 2
BCH-3F.F
0.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =



 3
CC-3-V
24.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =



 4
CC-3-V1
7.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =



 5
CCP-3-1
7.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =



 6
CCP-3-3
4.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =



 7
CCP-V-1
9.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =



 8
CCPC-33
2.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =



 9
CLP-3-T
6.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =



10
CLU-3-F
6.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
PCH-302
10.0




12
PGUQU-3-F
4.5




13
PGUQU-4-F
7.0




14
PGUQU-5-F
5.0









Mixture Example S54

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M54
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M54 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M54.


Base Mixture M55

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
BCH-32
6.5
T(N, I) =
101° C.


 2
CC-3-V
26.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1097


 3
CC-3-V1
3.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
8.7


 4
CCP-3-1
6.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
2.9


 5
CCP-3-3
5.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
5.9


 6
CCP-3F.F.F
1.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
17.8


 7
CCP-V-1
11.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.9


 8
CCPC-33
2.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.83


 9
CLP-3-T
8.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
99


10
CLU-3-F
5.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
PCH-302
10.0




12
PGUQU-3-F
7.0




13
PGUQU-4-F
7.0




14
PGUQU-5-F
2.0









Mixture Example S55

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M55
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M55 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M55.


Base Mixture M56

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:













Composition













Conc.,



Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
BCH-32
7.0
T(N, I) =
100.4° C.


 2
CC-3-V
28.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1109


 3
CC-3-V1
0.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
8.8


 4
CCP-3-1
7.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
2.9


 5
CCP-3-3
5.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
5.9


 6
CCP-V-1
10.5
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.0


 7
CCPC-33
2.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.6


 8
CLP-3-T
7.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.84


 9
CLU-3-F
5.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
98


10
PCH-302
10.5
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
PGUQU-3-F
5.0




12
PGUQU-4-F
7.0




13
PGUQU-5-F
5.0









Mixture Example S56

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M56
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M56 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M56.


Base Mixture M57

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:













Composition













Conc.,



Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
APUQU-3-F
2.0
T(N, I) =
101.1° C.


 2
BCH-32
8.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1110


 3
CC-3-V
25.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
8.7


 4
CCP-3-1
6.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
2.9


 5
CCP-3-3
5.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
5.8


 6
CCP-30CF3
5.5
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.0


 7
CCP-V-1
12.5
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.6


 8
CLP-3-T
6.5
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.84


 9
CLU-3-F
3.5
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
97


10
PCH-302
11.5
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
PGUQU-3-F
3.0




12
PGUQU-4-F
6.0




13
PGUQU-5-F
5.5









Mixture Example S57

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M57
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M57 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M57.


Base Mixture M58

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
BCH-32
8.5
T(N, I) =
101.4° C.


 2
CC-3-V
25.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1108


 3
CC-3-V1
0.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
8.7


 4
CCP-3-1
7.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
2.9


 5
CCP-3-3
2.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
5.8


 6
CCP-30CF3
5.5
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
17.8


 7
CCP-V-1
14.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.5


 8
CLP-3-T
6.5
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.83


 9
CLU-3-F
5.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
97


10
DGUQU-4-F
1.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
PCH-302
10.5




12
PGUQU-3-F
3.0




13
PGUQU-4-F
6.0




14
PGUQU-5-F
5.5









Mixture Example S58

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M58
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M58 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M58.


Base Mixture M59

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
CC-3-V
25.0
T(N, I) =
100.4° C.


 2
CCP-3-1
7.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1107


 3
CCP-3-3
3.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
8.7


 4
CCP-30CF3
8.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
2.9


 5
CCP-3F.F.F
4.5
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
5.8


 6
CCP-50CF3
1.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
17.4


 7
CCP-V-1
14.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.8


 8
CLP-3-T
8.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.81


 9
PCH-302
10.5
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
96


10
PGP-2-3
4.5
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
PGUQU-3-F
8.0




12
PGUQU-4-F
6.5









Mixture Example S59

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M59
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M59 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M59.


Base Mixture M60

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
CC-3-V
24.0
T(N, I) =
100.4° C.


 2
CCP-3-1
7.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1110


 3
CCP-3-3
3.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
8.8


 4
CCP-30CF3
8.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
2.9


 5
CCP-3F.F.F
3.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
5.9


 6
CCP-50CF3
1.5
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
17.5


 7
CCP-V-1
13.5
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.7


 8
CLP-3-T
7.5
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.81


 9
CLU-3-F
3.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
98


10
PCH-302
11.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
PGP-2-3
4.5




12
PGUQU-3-F
8.0




13
PGUQU-4-F
6.0









Mixture Example S60

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M60
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M60 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M60.


Base Mixture M61

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
BCH-32
4.0
T(N, I) =
100.5° C.


 2
CC-3-V
26.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1109


 3
CC-3-V1
4.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
8.7


 4
CCP-3-1
4.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
2.9


 5
CCP-3-3
5.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
5.8


 6
CCP-3F.F.F
3.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
17.3


 7
CCP-V-1
11.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.5


 8
CCPC-33
3.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.80


 9
CLP-3-T
6.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
99


10
CLU-3-F
4.5
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
PCH-302
10.0




12
PGP-2-3
2.5




13
PGUQU-3-F
7.0




14
PGUQU-4-F
7.0




15
PGUQU-5-F
2.0









Mixture Example S61

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M61
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M61 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M61.


Base Mixture M62

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
APUQU-3-F
2.5
T(N, I) =
100.3° C.


 2
BCH-32
8.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1105


 3
CC-3-V
19.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
8.7


 4
CC-3-V1
8.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
2.9


 5
CCP-3-1
6.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
5.8


 6
CCP-3-3
5.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
17.7


 7
CCP-3F.F.F
3.5
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.7


 8
CCP-V-1
13.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.83


 9
CLP-3-T
4.5
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
98


10
CLU-3-F
5.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
PCH-302
11.0




12
PGP-2-3
0.5




13
PGUQU-3-F
5.5




14
PGUQU-4-F
6.0




15
PGUQU-5-F
2.0









Mixture Example S62

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M62
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M62 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M62.


Base Mixture M63

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
APUQU-3-F
2.0
T(N, I) =
100.7° C.


 2
BCH-32
7.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1097


 3
CC-3-V
26.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
8.7


 4
CC-3-V1
1.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
2.9


 5
CCP-3-1
7.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
5.8


 6
CCP-3-3
5.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.0


 7
CCP-V-1
13.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.7


 8
CCPC-33
0.5
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.84


 9
CLP-3-T
8.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
100


10
CLU-3-F
6.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
PCH-302
10.0




12
PGUQU-3-F
3.0




13
PGUQU-4-F
5.0




14
PGUQU-5-F
6.0









Mixture Example S63

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M63
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M63 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M63.


Base Mixture M64

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:













Composition













Conc.,



Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
APUQU-3-F
3.0
T(N, I) =
° C.


 2
BCH-32
9.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =



 3
CC-3-V
25.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =



 4
CCP-3-1
6.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =



 5
CCP-3-3
3.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =



 6
CCP-30CF3
2.5
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =



 7
CCP-3F.F.F
0.5
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =



 8
CCP-V-1
14.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =



 9
CCP-V2-1
1.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =



10
CLP-3-T
6.5
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
CLU-3-F
6.0




12
PCH-302
10.0




13
PGUQU-3-F
3.0




14
PGUQU-4-F
5.0




15
PGUQU-5-F
5.0









Mixture Example S64

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M64
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M64 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M64.


Base Mixture M65

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
BCH-32
9.0
T(N, I) =
° C.


 2
CC-3-V
20.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =



 3
CC-3-V1
7.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =



 4
CCP-3-1
6.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =



 5
CCP-3-3
5.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =



 6
CCP-30CF3
2.5
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =



 7
CCP-V-1
11.5
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =



 8
CLP-3-T
0.5
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =



 9
CLU-3-F
13.5
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =



10
DGUQU-4-F
1.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
PCH-302
10.0




12
PGU-2-F
0.5




13
PGUQU-3-F
3.0




14
PGUQU-4-F
5.0




15
PGUQU-5-F
4.0




16
PPGU-3-F
1.0









Mixture Example S65

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M65
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M65 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M65.


Base Mixture M66

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
APUQU-3-F
2.0
T(N, I) =
100.4° C.


 2
BCH-32
4.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1113


 3
CC-3-V
18.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
8.6


 4
CC-3-V1
8.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
2.9


 5
CCP-3-1
5.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
5.7


 6
CCP-3-3
5.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
16.8


 7
CCP-V-1
20.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.8


 8
CCPC-33
0.5
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.80


 9
CLP-3-T
1.5
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
99


10
CLU-3-F
9.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
PCH-302
10.0




12
PGU-3-F
4.0




13
PGUQU-3-F
2.0




14
PGUQU-4-F
4.0




15
PGUQU-5-F
6.0









Mixture Example S66

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M66
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M66 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M66.


Base Mixture M67

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
APUQU-3-F
2.0
T(N, I) =
101.2° C.


 2
BCH-32
9.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1106


 3
CC-3-V
25.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
8.7


 4
CC-3-V1
3.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
2.9


 5
CCP-3-1
5.5
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
5.8


 6
CCP-V-1
14.5
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
17.6


 7
CCPC-33
2.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.6


 8
CLP-3-T
7.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.82


 9
CLU-3-F
7.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
99


10
PCH-302
10.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
PGUQU-3-F
3.0




12
PGUQU-4-F
5.0




13
PGUQU-5-F
6.0









Mixture Example S67

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M67
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M67 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M67.


Base Mixture M68

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
APUQU-3-F
2.0
T(N, I) =
101.3° C.


 2
BCH-32
9.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =



 3
CC-3-V
19.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
8.7


 4
CC-3-V1
8.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
2.9


 5
CCP-3-1
7.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
5.8


 6
CCP-3-3
1.5
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.1


 7
CCP-3F.F.F
4.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
19.0


 8
CCP-V-1
14.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.85


 9
CLP-3-T
6.5
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
100


10
CLU-3-F
4.5
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
PCH-302
10.0




12
PGUQU-3-F
3.0




13
PGUQU-4-F
5.0




14
PGUQU-5-F
5.5









Mixture Example S68

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M68
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M68 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M68.


Base Mixture M69

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
APUQU-3-F
2.0
T(N, I) =
101° C.


 2
BCH-32
5.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1114


 3
CC-3-V
21.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
8.7


 4
CC-3-V1
8.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
2.9


 5
CCP-3-1
7.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
5.8


 6
CCP-3-3
4.5
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.0


 7
CCP-V-1
13.5
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.9


 8
CCPC-33
1.5
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.85


 9
CLP-3-T
6.5
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
100


10
CLU-3-F
4.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
PCH-302
10.0




12
PGU-3-F
4.0




13
PGUQU-3-F
3.0




14
PGUQU-4-F
5.0




15
PGUQU-5-F
4.5









Mixture Example S69

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M69
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M69 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M69.


Base Mixture M70

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
APUQU-3-F
2.0
T(N, I) =
100.6° C.


 2
BCH-32
9.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1107


 3
CC-3-V
19.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
8.7


 4
CC-3-V1
10.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
2.9


 5
CCP-3-1
7.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
5.8


 6
CCP-V-1
14.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
17.5


 7
CCPC-33
1.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.8


 8
CLP-3-T
2.5
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.81


 9
CLU-3-F
11.5
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
98


10
PCH-302
10.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
PGUQU-3-F
3.0




12
PGUQU-4-F
4.5




13
PGUQU-5-F
6.0









Mixture Example S70

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M70
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M70 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M70.


Base Mixture M71

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
APUQU-3-F
2.0
T(N, I) =
101° C.


 2
BCH-32
2.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1108


 3
CC-3-V
22.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
8.7


 4
CC-3-V1
6.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
2.9


 5
CCP-3-1
7.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
5.8


 6
CCP-3-3
4.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
17.5


 7
CCP-V-1
13.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.9


 8
CCP-V2-1
1.5
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
1.83


 9
CCPC-33
3.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
103


10
CLP-3-T
6.5
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
CLU-3-F
4.5




12
PCH-302
10.0




13
PGU-2-F
3.5




14
PGU-3-F
3.5




15
PGUQU-3-F
3.0




16
PGUQU-4-F
4.0




17
PGUQU-5-F
3.0









Mixture Example S71

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M71
99.84 wt.-%




















Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
100
ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
500
ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1 000
ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M71 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M71.


Base Mixture M72

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:













Composition











Nr.
Comp.
Conc., wt.-%
Properties













1
APUQU-3-F
2.0
T(N, I) = 100.7° C.


2
BCH-32
2.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: = 0.1108


3
CC-3-V
22.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: = 8.7


4
CC-3-V1
7.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: = 2.9


5
CCP-3-1
7.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: = 5.8


6
CCP-3-3
5.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: = 17.5


7
CCP-V-1
13.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: = 18.8


8
CCP-V2-1
0.5
V0 [V, 20° C.]: = 1.83


9
CCPC-33
3.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: = 104


10
CLP-3-T
6.5
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =


11
CLU-3-F
4.0



12
PCH-302
10.0



13
PGU-2-F
5.0



14
PGU-3-F
2.5



15
PGUQU-4-F
5.0



16
PGUQU-5-F
5.0









Mixture Example S72

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M72
99.84 wt.-%




















Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
100
ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
500
ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1 000
ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M72 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M72.


Base Mixture M73

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:













Composition











Nr.
Comp.
Conc., wt.-%
Properties













1
APUQU-3-F
3.0
T(N, I) = 100.8° C.


2
BCH-32
4.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: = 0.1115


3
CC-3-V
21.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: = 8.8


4
CC-3-V1
9.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: = 2.9


5
CCP-3-1
7.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: = 5.8


6
CCP-3-3
4.5
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: = 17.6


7
CCP-V-1
13.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: = 18.7


8
CCP-V2-1
2.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: = 1.82


9
CCPC-33
2.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: = 98


10
CLP-3-T
6.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =


11
DGUQU-4-F
1.0



12
PCH-302
10.0



13
PGU-2-F
7.0



14
PGUQU-3-F
3.0



15
PGUQU-4-F
4.0



16
PGUQU-5-F
3.0









Mixture Example S73

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M73
99.84 wt.-%




















Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
100
ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
500
ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1 000
ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M73 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M73.


Base Mixture M74

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:













Composition











Nr.
Comp.
Conc., wt.-%
Properties













1
APUQU-3-F
4.0
T(N, I) = 100.3° C.


2
BCH-32
4.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: = 0.115


3
CC-3-V
19.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: = 8.7


4
CC-3-V1
10.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: = 2.9


5
CCP-3-1
7.5
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: = 5.8


6
CCP-3-3
5.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: = 17.5


7
CCP-V-1
13.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: = 18.8


8
CCP-V2-1
5.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: = 1.82


9
CLP-3-T
4.5
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: = 96


10
DGUQU-4-F
1.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =


11
PCH-302
10.0



12
PGU-2-F
6.5



13
PGUQU-4-F
5.0



14
PGUQU-5-F
5.0









Mixture Example S74

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M74
99.84 wt.-%




















Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
100
ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
500
ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1 000
ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M74 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M74.


Base Mixture M75

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:













Composition











Nr.
Comp.
Conc., wt.-%
Properties













1
APUQU-3-F
2.5
T(N, I) = 100.3° C.


2
BCH-32
4.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: = 0.1119


3
CC-3-V
22.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: = 8.8


4
CC-3-V1
8.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: = 3.0


5
CCP-3-1
7.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: = 5.9


6
CCP-3-3
5.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: = 17.7


7
CCP-V-1
12.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: = 18.6


8
CCP-V2-1
1.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: = 1.81


9
CCPC-33
2.5
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: = 99


10
CLP-3-T
6.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =


11
CLU-3-F
2.0



12
PCH-302
10.0



13
PGU-2-F
7.0



14
PGUQU-3-F
3.0



15
PGUQU-4-F
5.0



16
PGUQU-5-F
3.0









Mixture Example S75

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M75
99.84 wt.-%




















Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
100
ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
500
ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1 000
ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M75 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M75.


Base Mixture M76

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:













Composition











Nr.
Comp.
Conc., wt.-%
Properties













1
APUQU-3-F
2.0
T(N, I) = 100.4° C.


2
BCH-32
4.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: = 0.1113


3
CC-3-V
22.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: = 8.8


4
CC-3-V1
8.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: = 2.9


5
CCP-3-1
7.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: = 5.8


6
CCP-3-3
5.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: = 17.6


7
CCP-V-1
12.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: = 18.7


8
CCP-V2-1
0.5
V0 [V, 20° C.]: = 1.82


9
CCPC-33
2.5
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: = 99


10
CLP-3-T
6.5
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =


11
CLU-3-F
2.0



12
PCH-302
10.0



13
PGU-2-F
6.0



14
PGUQU-3-F
3.0



15
PGUQU-4-F
5.0



16
PGUQU-5-F
4.0









Mixture Example S76

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M76
99.84 wt.-%




















Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
100
ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
500
ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1 000
ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M76 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M76.


Base Mixture M77

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:













Composition











Nr.
Comp.
Conc., wt.-%
Properties













1
BCH-32
6.0
T(N, I) = ° C.


2
CC-3-V
17.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =


3
CC-3-V1
8.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =


4
CCH-301
8.0
ε[1 kHz, 20° C.]: =


5
CCP-3-1
6.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =


6
CCP-30CF3
7.5
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =


7
CCP-V-1
13.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =


8
CLP-3-T
5.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =


9
CLU-3-F
13.5
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =


10
PGP-2-4
3.5
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =


11
PGU-2-F
1.5



12
PGUQU-3-F
5.0



13
PGUQU-4-F
4.5



14
PPGU-3-F
1.0









Mixture Example S77

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M77
99.84 wt.-%




















Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
100
ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
500
ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1 000
ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M77 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M77.


Base Mixture M78

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:













Composition











Nr.
Comp.
Conc., wt.-%
Properties













1
BCH-32
9.0
T(N, I) = ° C.


2
CC-3-V
14.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =


3
CC-3-V1
8.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =


4
CCH-301
8.0
ε[1 kHz, 20° C.]: =


5
CCH-35
5.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =


6
CCP-3-1
7.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =


7
CCP-30CF3
8.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =


8
CCP-V-1
13.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =


9
CLP-3-T
5.5
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =


10
CLU-3-F
5.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =


11
PGP-2-4
0.5



12
PGU-2-F
6.0



13
PGUQU-3-F
5.0



14
PGUQU-4-F
5.0



15
PPGU-3-F
1.0









Mixture Example S78

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M78
99.84 wt.-%




















Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
100
ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
500
ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1 000
ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M78 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M78.


Base Mixture M79

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
BCH-32
9.0
T(N, I) =
° C.


 2
CC-3-V
19.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =



 3
CC-3-V1
5.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =



 4
CCH-23
5.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =



 5
CCH-34
2.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =



 6
CCH-35
1.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =



 7
CCP-3-1
7.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =



 8
CCP-30CF3
3.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =



 9
CCP-V-1
10.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =



10
CCPC-33
2.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
CDUQU-3-F
7.0




12
CLP-3-T
5.0




13
CLU-3-F
10.0




14
PGP-2-4
5.5




15
PGU-2-F
6.5




16
PGUQU-3-F
2.5









Mixture Example S79

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M79
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M79 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M79.


Base Mixture M80

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
BCH-32
9.0
T(N, I) =
° C.


 2
CC-3-V
25.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =



 3
CCP-3-1
4.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =



 4
CCP-3-3
4.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =



 5
CCP-V-1
13.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =



 6
CCPC-33
1.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =



 7
CDUQU-3-F
7.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =



 8
CLP-3-T
5.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =



 9
CLU-3-F
13.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =



10
PCH-302
7.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
PGP-2-3
3.0




12
PGU-2-F
1.5




13
PGUQU-3-F
2.5




14
PGUQU-4-F
2.5




15
PP-1-2V1
2.0









Mixture Example S80

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M80
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M80 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M80.


Base Mixture M81

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
APUQU-3-F
2.0
T(N, I) =
° C.


 2
BCH-32
9.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =



 3
CC-3-V
19.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =



 4
CC-3-V1
10.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =



 5
CCP-3-1
7.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =



 6
CCP-V-1
14.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =



 7
CCPC-33
1.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =



 8
CLP-3-T
2.5
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =



 9
CLU-3-F
11.5
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =



10
PCH-302
10.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
PGUQU-3-F
3.0




12
PGUQU-4-F
4.5




13
PGUQU-5-F
6.0









Mixture Example S81

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M81
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M81 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M81.


Base Mixture M82

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
CDUQU-3-F
4.0
T(N, I) =
99.5° C.


 2
CPGP-5-2
1.5
n [589 nm, 20° C.]:
1.5961


 3
DGUQU-4-F
4.5
n [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
1.4860


 4
PGUQU-3-F
3.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1101


 5
PGUQU-4-F
7.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
8.7


 6
CCP-3OCF3
8.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
2.9


 7
CCP-V-1
10.5
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
5.8


 8
CCP-V2-1
9.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
17.5


 9
PGP-2-2V
6.5
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
19.1


10
CC-3-2V1
8.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =



11
CC-3-V
26.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
85


12
CC-3-V1
10.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =
1000


13
PP-1-2V1
4.0









Mixture Example S82

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M82
99.845 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 50 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M82 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M82.


Base Mixture M83

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
CC-3-V
25.0
T(N, I) =
98.9° C.


 2
CC-3-V1
7.5
n [589 nm, 20° C.]:
1.5965


 3
CCGU-3-F
2.0
n [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
1.4846


 4
CCP-3-1
6.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1119


 5
CCP-3OCF3
8.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
8.8


 6
CCP-3OCF3
5.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
2.9


 7
CCP-V-1
9.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
5.9


 8
CLP-3-T
7.5
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
17.9


 9
PCH-3O2
9.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.6


10
PGP-2-3
6.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =



11
PGUQU-3-F
8.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
93


12
PGUQU-4-F
7.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =
1000









Mixture Example S83

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M83
99.845 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
 50 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
 500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-1
1000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M83 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M83.


Base Mixture M84

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
APUQU-2-F
4.0
T(N, I) =
° C.


 2
APUQU-3-F
4.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =



 3
B(S)-2O-O4
2.25
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =



 4
B(S)-2O-O5
4.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =



 5
CC-3-V
25.5
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =



 6
CCY-3-O1
6.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =



 7
CCY-3-O2
6.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =



 8
CCY-3-O3
6.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =



 9
CDUQU-3-F
4.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =



10
CLP-3-T
4.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =
1000


11
CY-3-O2
8.0




12
CY-3-O4
4.5




13
DGUQU-4-F
4.0




14
DPGU-4-F
4.0




15
LB-3-T
5.0




16
PGUQU-4-F
0.5




17
PPGU-3-F
0.5




18
PUQU-3-F
7.75









Mixture Example S84

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M84
99.945 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
400 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-5
 50 ppm












embedded image


Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M84 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M84.


Base Mixture M85

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
CDUQU-3-F
3.5
T(N, I) =
100.9° C.


 2
DGUQU-4-F
2.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1218


 3
PGUQU-3-F
4.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
6.5


 4
CCZU-3-F
3.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
2.8


 5
CC-3-V
32.5
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
3.7


 6
CC-3-V1
5.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
17.6


 7
CCP-V-1
13.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.3


 8
CCP-V2-1
4.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
2.30


 9
CCVC-3-V
5.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
84


10
PP-1-2V1
7.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
PGP-1-2V
7.0




12
PGP-2-2V
8.0




13
CLP-3-T
3.0




14
CLP-V-1
2.0




15
PPGU-3-F
0.5









Mixture Example S85

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M85
99.94 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-3
150 ppm












embedded image


Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M85 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M85.


Base Mixture M86

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
CDUQU-3-F
3.5
T(N, I) =
100.9° C.


 2
DGUQU-4-F
2.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1218


 3
PGUQU-3-F
4.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
6.5


 4
CCZU-3-F
3.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
2.8


 5
CC-3-V
32.5
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
3.7


 6
CC-3-V1
5.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
17.6


 7
CCP-V-1
13.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
18.3


 8
CCP-V2-1
4.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]: =
2.30


 9
CCVC-3-V
5.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]: =
84


10
PP-1-2V1
7.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
PGP-1-2V
7.0




12
PGP-2-2V
8.0




13
CLP-3-T
3.0




14
CLP-V-1
2.0




15
PPGU-3-F
0.5









Mixture Example S86

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M86
99.94 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-3
150 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M86 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M86.


Base Mixture M87

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:















Composition













Nr.
Comp.
Conc., wt.-%
Properties















1
CC-3-V
37.0
T(N, I)
=
100.9° C.


2
CC-3-V1
3.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]:
=
0.1098


3
CCGU-3-F
2.5
ϵ [1 kHz, 20° C.]:
=
8.5


4
CCP-3-1
6.0
ϵ [1 kHz, 20° C.]:
=
2.8


5
CCP-30CF3
7.0
Δϵ [1 kHz, 20° C.]:
=
5.7


6
CCP-50CF3
5.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]:
=
17.2


7
CCP-V-1
11.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]:
=
18.3


8
CLP-3-T
6.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]:
=
1.83


9
PGP-2-3
7.5
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]:
=
84


10
PGUQU-3-F
5.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]:
=
1 000


11
PGUQU-4-F
8.0





12
PGUQU-5-F
2.0









Mixture Example S87

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M87
99.94 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-3
150 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M87 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M87.


Base Mixture M88

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:















Composition













Nr.
Comp.
Conc., wt.-%
Properties















1
APUQU-3-F
8.0
T(N, I)
=
91.3° C.


2
CC-3-V
18.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]:
=
0.1101


3
CC-3-V1
8.0
ϵ [1 kHz, 20° C.]:
=
16.4


4
CCH-34
4.0
ϵ [1 kHz, 20° C.]:
=
3.9


5
CCP-3-1
14.0
Δϵ [1 kHz, 20° C.]:
=
12.6


6
CCP-3F.F.F
10.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]:
=
15.5


7
CLP-3-T
5.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]:
=
16.7


8
CLY-3-O2
6.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]:
=
1.18


9
PGUQU-3-F
6.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]:
=
111


10
PGUQU-4-F
5.5
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]:
=



11
PUQU-3-F
15.0









Mixture Example S88

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M88
99.91 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-3
300 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M88 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M88.


Base Mixture M89

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:















Composition













Nr.
Comp.
Conc., wt.-%
Properties















1
APUQU-3-F
3.0
T(N, I)
=
93.4° C.


2
CC-3-V
28.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]:
=
0.1086


3
CCP-3-1
10.0
ϵ [1 kHz, 20° C.]:
=
14.6


4
CCP-3-3
10.0
ϵ [1 kHz, 20° C.]:
=
3.6


5
CCP-3F.F.F
10.0
Δϵ [1 kHz, 20° C.]:
=
11.0


6
CLP-3-T
5.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]:
=
15.1


7
CCY-3-O2
1.5
K3 [pN, 20° C.]:
=
16.4


8
PGUQU-3-F
6.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]:
=
1.23


9
PGUQU-4-F
7.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]:
=
109


10
PUQU-3-F
15.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]:
=



11
CCPC-33
3.0





12
B(S)-2O-O5
1.5









Mixture Example S89

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M89
99.91 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-3
300 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M89 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M89.


Base Mixture M90

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:















Composition













Nr.
Comp.
Conc., wt.-%
Properties















1
CC-3-V
36.0
T(N, I)
=
82.9° C.


2
CC-3-V1
10.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]:
=



3
PP-1-2V1
10.0
ϵ [1 kHz, 20° C.]:
=



4
CCP-30CF3
4.0
ϵ [1 kHz, 20° C.]:
=



5
CCP-V-1
3.0
Δϵ [1 kHz, 20° C.]:
=



6
CLP-3-T
5.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]:
=



7
CLP-V-1
4.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]:
=



8
PGP-2-3
5.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]:
=



9
PGP-2-2V
13.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]:
=



10
PGUQU-3-F
5.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]:
=



11
PGUQU-4-F
5.0









Mixture Example S90

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M90
99.9325 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-3
 75 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M90 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M90.


Base Mixture M91

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:















Composition













Nr.
Comp.
Conc., wt.-%
Properties















1
CC-3-V
33.0
T(N, I)
=
78.3° C.


2
CC-3-V1
10.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]:
=
0.1279


3
CC-3-2V1
6.0
ϵ [1 kHz, 20° C.]:
=
6.4


4
PP-1-2V1
13.0
ϵ [1 kHz, 20° C.]:
=
2.8


5
CCP-30CF3
5.0
Δϵ [1 kHz, 20° C.]:
=
3.6


6
CLP-3-T
3.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]:
=
16.9


7
PGP-2-3
5.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]:
=
15.2


8
PGP-2-2V
15.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]:
=
2.28


9
PGUQU-3-F
3.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]:
=
61


10
DGUQU-4-F
5.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]:
=



11
DPGU-4-F
2.0









Mixture Example S91

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M91
99.9325 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-3
75 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M91 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M91.


Base Mixture M92

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:















Composition













Nr.
Comp.
Conc., wt.-%
Properties















1
DGUQU-4-F
3.0
T(N, I)
=
76.9° C.


2
PGUQU-3-F
4.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]:
=
0.1293


3
CLP-3-T
6.0
ϵ [1 kHz, 20° C.]:
=
5.5


4
CLP-V-1
5.0
ϵ [1 kHz, 20° C.]:
=
2.7


5
PGP-3-2V
7.0
Δϵ [1 kHz, 20° C.]:
=
2.8


6
PGP-2-2V
12.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]:
=
16.9


7
CC-3-V
38.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]:
=
15.3


8
CC-3-V1
10.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]:
=
2.60


9
PP-1-2V1
15.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]:
=
58





LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]:
=










Mixture Example S92

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M92
99.925 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-3
150 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M92 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M92.


Base Mixture M93

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:















Composition













Nr.
Comp.
Conc., wt.-%
Properties















1
CC-3-V
35.0
T(N, I)
=
78° C.


2
CC-3-V1
10.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]:
=



3
CC-3-2V1
6.0
ϵ [1 kHz, 20° C.]:
=
6.1


4
PP-1-2V1
12.0
ϵ [1 kHz, 20° C.]:
=
2.9


5
CCP-30CF3
1.5
Δϵ [1 kHz, 20° C.]:
=
3.2


6
CLP-3-T
3.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]:
=
16.9


7
PGP-2-3
6.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]:
=
15.1


8
PGP-2-2V
15.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]:
=
2.45


9
PGUQU-3-F
3.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]:
=
58


10
DGUQU-4-F
4.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]:
=



11
DPGU-4-F
2.0





12
LB(S)-3-OT
2.5









Mixture Example S93

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M93
99.925 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-3
150 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M93 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M93.


Base Mixture M94

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition














Conc.,



Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
APUQU-3-F
1.0
T(N, I) =
79.8 ° C.


 2
CC-3-2V1
6.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1265


 3
CC-3-V
34.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
6.8


 4
CC-3-V1
10.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
2.8


 5
CCP-30CF3
5.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
4.0


 6
CLP-3-T
4.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
16.7


 7
DGUQU-4-F
3.5
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
15.7


 8
PGP-1-2V
3.5
V0 [V, 20° C.] =
2.15


 9
PGP-2-2V
15.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.] =
60


10
PGUQU-3-F
4.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
PP-1-2V1
10.5




12
PPGU-3-F
0.5




13
PGUQU-4-F
2.5









Mixture Example S94

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M94
99.925 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-3
150 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M94 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M94.


Base Mixture M95

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition














Conc.,



Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
DGUQU-4-F
3.0
T(N, I) =
77.9° C.


 2
PGUQU-3-F
4.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1293


 3
CLP-3-T
4.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
5.6


 4
CLP-V-1
5.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
2.7


 5
PGP-1-2V
4.5
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
2.8


 6
PGP-2-2V
15.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
16.5


 7
CC-3-V
37.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
15.2


 8
CC-3-V1
10.0
V0 [V, 20° C.] =
2.54


 9
CC-4-V1
3.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.] =
57


10
PP-1-2V1
13.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
PPGU-3-F
0.5









Mixture Example S95

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M95
99.925 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-3
150 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M95 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M95.


Base Mixture M96

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
DGUQU-4-F
4.0
T(N, I) =
75.1° C.


 2
PGUQU-3-F
6.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1292


 3
PGUQU-4-F
3.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
7.2


 4
CCP-V-1
2.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
2.8


 5
CLP-3-T
6.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
4.4


 6
PGP-1-2V
5.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
15.7


 7
PGP-2-2V
12.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
15.2


 8
CC-3-V
37.5
V0 [V, 20° C.] =
1.99


 9
CC-3-V1
10.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.] =
62


10
PP-1-2V1
14.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =









Mixture Example S96

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M96
99.925 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-3
150 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M96 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M96.


Base Mixture M97

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
APUQU-3-F
7.5
T(N, I) =
94.8° C.


 2
CC-3-V
27.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1097


 3
CCH-34
4.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
15.1


 4
CCP-3-1
14.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
3.9


 5
CCP-3F.F.F
10.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
11.2


 6
CLP-3-T
4.5
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
15.5


 7
CLY-3-O2
9.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
16.5


 8
PGUQU-3-F
6.0
V0 [V, 20° C.] =
1.24


 9
PGUQU-4-F
8.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.] =
113


10
PUQU-3-F
10.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =









Mixture Example S97

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M97
99.925 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-3
150 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M97 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M97.


Base Mixture M98

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
APUQU-3-F
5.0
T(N, I) =
92.1° C.


 2
B(S)-2O-O5
1.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1098


 3
BCH-3F.F
4.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
14.2


 4
CC-3-V
28.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
3.5


 5
CCP-3-1
14.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
10.8


 6
CCP-3-3
5.5
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
15.3


 7
CCP-3F.F.F
11.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
16.6


 8
CLP-3-T
8.0
V0 [V, 20° C.] =
1.26


 9
PGUQU-3-F
6.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.] =
106


10
PGUQU-4-F
7.5
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
PUQU-3-F
9.0









Mixture Example S98

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M98
99.925 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-3
150 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M98 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M98.


Base Mixture M99

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:













Composition













Conc.,



Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
DGUQU-4-F
4.0
T(N, I) =
75.8° C.


 2
PGUQU-3-F
6.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =
0.1293


 3
PGUQU-4-F
3.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
7.2


 4
CLP-V-1
1.5
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
2.8


 5
CLP-3-T
5.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
4.4


 6
PGP-1-2V
5.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =
15.6


 7
PGP-2-2V
13.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =
14.8


 8
CC-3-V
38.0
V0 [V, 20° C.] =
1.99


 9
CC-4-V1
2.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.] =
57


10
CC-3-V1
10.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
PP-1-2V1
12.0




12
PPGU-3-F
0.5











Mixture Example S99

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M99
99.925 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-3
150 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M99 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M99.


Base Mixture M100

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:













Composition













Conc.,



Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
CC-3-V
32.9
T(N, I) =
° C.


 2
CC-3-V1
4.7
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =



 3
CCGU-3-F
5.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =



 4
CCP-V-1
15.1
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =



 5
CCP-V2-1
4.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =



 6
CCVC-3-V
3.3
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =



 7
CDUQU-3-F
5.5
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =



 8
CLP-3-T
4.0
V0 [V, 20° C.] =



 9
CLP-V-1
7.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.] =



10
CPGP-5-2
4.5
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
PGP-3-2V
4.5




12
PP-1-2V1
4.5




13
PPGU-3-F
1.0




14
PUQU-3-F
4.0









Mixture Example S100

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M100
99.925 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-3
150 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M100 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M100.


Base Mixture M101

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:














Composition















Conc.,












Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties














 1
CC-3-V
31.4
T(N, I) =
° C.


 2
CC-3-V1
6.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]: =



 3
CCGU-3-F
5.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =



 4
CCP-V-1
15.0
ε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =



 5
CCP-V2-1
4.0
Δε [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =



 6
CCVC-3-V
3.2
K1 [pN, 20° C.]: =



 7
CDUQU-3-F
5.5
K3 [pN, 20° C.]: =



 8
CLP-3-T
2.5
V0 [V, 20° C.] =



 9
CLP-V-1
5.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.] =



10
CPGP-5-2
4.5
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]: =



11
DGUQU-4-F
3.0




12
PCH-302
4.0




13
PGP-2-2V
2.8




14
PGP-3-2V
4.5




15
PP-1-2V1
3.1




16
PPGU-3-F
0.5









Mixture Example S101

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M101
99.925 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-3
150 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M101 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M101.


Base Mixture M102

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:













Composition













Conc.,



Nr.
Comp.
wt.-%
Properties















1
APUQU-3-F
5.0
T(N, I)
=
106° C.


2
CCGU-3-F
7.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]:
=
0.1096


3
CPGP-4-3
2.0
ϵ [1 kHz, 20° C.]:
=
8.3


4
CPGP-5-2
2.0
ϵ [1 kHz, 20° C.]:
=
2.8


5
CPGU-3-OT
5.0
Δϵ [1 kHz, 20° C.]: =
=
5.5


6
PGUQU-5-F
4.5
K1 [pN, 20° C.]:
=
18.7


7
CCP-30CF3
6.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]:
=
19.6


8
CCP-50CF3
4.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]:
=
1.05


9
CLP-3-T
5.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]:
=
92


10
PGP-2-2V
7.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]:
=



11
CC-3-2V1
8.0





12
CC-3-V
34.0





13
CC-3-V1
10.0









Mixture Example S102

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M102
99.93 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-3
100 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M102 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M102.


Base Mixture M103

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:















Composition













Nr.
Comp.
Conc., wt.-%
Properties















1
CC-3-2V1
3.0
T(N, I)
=
° C.


2
CC-3-V
51.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]:
=



3
CC-3-V1
5.0
ϵ [1 kHz, 20° C.]:
=



4
CLP-3-T
4.75
ϵ [1 kHz, 20° C.]:
=



5
PGP-1-2V
6.0
Δϵ [1 kHz, 20° C.]:
=



6
PGP-2-2V
11.5
K1 [pN, 20° C.]:
=



7
PGP-3-2V
4.75
K3 [pN, 20° C.]:
=



8
PGU-2-F
8.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]:
=



9
PGUQU-3-F
0.75
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]:
=



10
PGUQU-4-F
3.75
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]:
=



11
PP-1-2V1
1.0





12
PPGU-3-F
0.5









Mixture Example S103

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M103
99.94 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
400 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-11
100 ppm












embedded image


Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M103 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M103.


Base Mixture M104

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:















Composition













Nr.
Comp.
Conc., wt.-%
Properties















1
B(S)-2O-O4
1.7
T(N, I)
=
° C.


2
B(S)-2O-O5
5.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]:
=



3
CC-3-2V1
9.0
ϵ [1 kHz, 20° C.]:
=



4
CC-3-V
29.3
ϵ [1 kHz, 20° C.]:
=



5
CC-3-V1
8.0
Δϵ [1 kHz, 20° C.]:
=



6
CCP-3-1
5.5
K1 [pN, 20° C.]:
=



7
CCP-30CF3
6.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]:
=



8
CDUQU-3-F
8.5
V0 [V, 20° C.]:
=



9
CLP-3-T
10.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]:
=



10
CLY-3-O2
3.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]:
=



11
PP-1-2V1
5.0





12
CCH-35
5.0





13
DGUQU-4-F
2.0





14
LB(S)-3-OT
2.0









Mixture Example S104

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M104
99.945 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
400 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-11
 50 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M104 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M104.


Base Mixture M105

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:















Composition













Nr.
Comp.
Conc., wt.-%
Properties















1
APUQU-2-F
4.5
T(N, I)
=
° C.


2
CC-3-V
45.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]:
=



3
CC-3-V1
5.0
ϵ [1 kHz, 20° C.]:
=



4
CLP-3-T
5.0
ϵ [1 kHz, 20° C.]:
=



5
PCH-302
2.0
Δϵ [1 kHz, 20° C.]:
=



6
PGP-1-2V
3.5
K1 [pN, 20° C.]:
=



7
PGP-2-2V
8.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]:
=



8
PGU-2-F
5.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]:
=



9
PGUQU-3-F
3.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]:
=



10
PGUQU-4-F
4.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]:
=



11
PP-1-2V1
3.5





12
PPGU-3-F
1.0





13
PUS-3-2
10.0









Mixture Example S105

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M105
99.825 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
  350 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
  400 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-7
1 000 ppm












embedded image


Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M105 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M105.


Base Mixture M106

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:















Composition













Nr.
Comp.
Conc., wt.-%
Properties















1
CC-3-V
25.0
T(N, I)
=
99.3° C.


2
CC-3-V1
7.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]:
=
0.1119


3
CCGU-3-F
2.0
ϵ [1 kHz, 20° C.]:
=
8.8


4
CCP-3-1
6.0
ϵ [1 kHz, 20° C.]:
=
2.9


5
CCP-30CF3
8.0
Δϵ [1 kHz, 20° C.]:
=
5.9


6
CCP-50CF3
5.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]:
=
17.9


7
CCP-V-1
9.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]:
=
18.6


8
CLP-3-T
7.5
V0 [V, 20° C.]:
=
1.83


9
PCH-302
9.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]:
=
93


10
PGP-2-3
6.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]:
=
1 000


11
PGUQU-3-F
8.0





12
PGUQU-4-F
7.0









Mixture Example S106

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M106
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
  100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
  500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-7
1 000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M106 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M106.


Base Mixture M107

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:















Composition













Nr.
Comp.
Conc., wt.-%
Properties















1
CC-3-V1
8.0
T(N, I)
=
100.8 ° C.


2
CCG-V-F
1.5
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]:
=
0.1116


3
CCH-301
10.0
ϵ [1 kHz, 20° C.]:
=
9.0


4
CCH-303
10.5
ϵ [1 kHz, 20° C.]:
=
3.2


5
CCP-30CF3
6.0
Δϵ [1 kHz, 20° C.]:
=
5.8


6
CCP-40CF3
4.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]:
=
18.6


7
CCP-50CF3
4.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]:
=
18.0


8
CCP-V-1
15.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]:
=
1.89


9
CDUQU-3-F
3.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]:
=
118


10
CLP-3-T
8.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]:
=



11
CPGP-4-3
3.0





12
PCH-302
10.0





13
PGP-2-3
5.5





14
PGUQU-3-F
4.5





15
PGUQU-4-F
7.0









Mixture Example S107

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M107
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
  100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
  500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-7
1 000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M107 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M107.


Base Mixture M108

A nematic LC mixture is formulated as follows:















Composition













Nr.
Comp.
Conc., wt.-%
Properties















1
CC-3-V
25.0
T(N, I)
=
100.9 ° C.


2
CC-3-V1
3.0
Δn [589 nm, 20° C.]:
=
0.1111


3
CCP-3-1
6.0
ϵ [1 kHz, 20° C.]:
=
8.8


4
CCP-3F.F.F
2.0
ϵ [1 kHz, 20° C.]:
=
2.9


5
CCP-30CF3
8.0
Δϵ [1 kHz, 20° C.]:
=
5.9


6
CCP-50CF3
5.0
K1 [pN, 20° C.]:
=
17.7


7
CCP-V-1
14.0
K3 [pN, 20° C.]:
=
18.9


8
CLP-3-T
8.0
V0 [V, 20° C.]:
=
1.81


9
PCH-302
9.0
γ1 [mPa s, 20° C.]:
=
95


10
PGP-2-3
5.0
LTS bulk [h, −20° C.]:
=
1 000


11
PGUQU-3-F
8.0





12
PGUQU-4-F
7.0









Mixture Example S108

A nematic LC mixture according to the invention is formulated as follows:
















Mixture M108
99.84 wt.-%









Compound of the Formula ST-1-3
  100 ppm



Compound of the Formula ST-2-3
  500 ppm



Compound of the Formula H-3-7
1 000 ppm










Addition of the above listed stabilizing compounds significantly improves the VHR100 after UV exposure compared to the non-stabilized mixture M108 without affecting the remaining physical properties of the mixture M108.

Claims
  • 1. A liquid-crystalline medium, comprising one or more compounds selected from LP1 and LP2:
  • 2. The liquid-crystalline medium according to claim 1, wherein the one or more compounds of the Formulae LP1 and LP2 are described by the Formulae LP1-1 and LP2-1:
  • 3. The medium according to claim 1, wherein the two or more compounds of the Formula ST are selected from the following Formulae:
  • 4. The liquid-crystalline medium according to claim 1, wherein it comprises one or more compounds selected from the following formulae:
  • 5. The liquid-crystalline medium according to claim 1, wherein the medium comprises one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the following formulae:
  • 6. The liquid-crystalline medium according to claim 1, wherein the medium comprises one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the following formulae:
  • 7. The liquid-crystalline medium according to claim 6, wherein the one or more compounds of the Formula II are selected from the following subformulae:
  • 8. The liquid-crystalline medium according to claim 6, wherein the one or more compounds of the Formula III are selected from the following subformulae:
  • 9. The liquid-crystalline medium according to claim 1, wherein it additionally comprises one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the following formulae:
  • 10. The liquid-crystalline medium according to claim 1, wherein it comprises one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the following formulae:
  • 11. The liquid-crystalline medium according to one or more of claim 1, wherein it comprises one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the following formulae:
  • 12. The liquid-crystalline medium according to claim 1, wherein it comprises one or more compounds of the Formulae LP1 and LP2, two or more compounds of the Formula ST, and one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the Formulae Z1, Z2, Z3, Z4, and Z5:
  • 13. The liquid-crystalline medium according to claim 1, wherein it additionally comprises one or more polymerizable compounds.
  • 14. A process for the preparation of a liquid-crystalline medium comprising mixing one or more compounds of the Formula LP1 and/or LP2:
  • 15. (canceled)
  • 16. An electro-optical liquid-crystal display containing a liquid-crystalline medium according to claim 1.
  • 17. The electro-optical liquid-crystal display according to claim 16, wherein it comprises a TN, PS-TN, STN, TN-TFT, OCB, IPS, PS-IPS, FFS, HB-FFS, XB-FFS, PS-HB-FFS, PS-XB-FFS, SA-HB-FFS, SA-XB-FS, polymer stabilised SA-HB-FFS, polymer stabilised SA-XB-FFS, positive VA or positive PS-VA display.
  • 18. The electro-optical liquid-crystal display according to claim 16, wherein it comprises an FFS, HB-FFS, XB-FFS, PS-HB-FFS, PS-XB-FFS, IPS or PS-IPS display.
Priority Claims (1)
Number Date Country Kind
22212032.1 Dec 2022 EP regional